WO2022068602A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022068602A1
WO2022068602A1 PCT/CN2021/118861 CN2021118861W WO2022068602A1 WO 2022068602 A1 WO2022068602 A1 WO 2022068602A1 CN 2021118861 W CN2021118861 W CN 2021118861W WO 2022068602 A1 WO2022068602 A1 WO 2022068602A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
link
frame
subfield
field
service identifier
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/118861
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄国刚
淦明
郭宇宸
李云波
李伊青
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022068602A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022068602A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/15Setup of multiple wireless link connections

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus.
  • Multi-link devices include multilink access points (access points, APs) and multilink stations (stations, STAs).
  • a multi-link Before communication between a multi-link AP and a multi-link STA, a multi-link needs to be established.
  • a mapping relationship can be established between a traffic identifier (traffic identifier, TID) and a link. Therefore, in the subsequent multi-link communication process, service management can be better performed. For example, according to the rate or service delay characteristics of different links, different service identifiers are mapped to corresponding links, so as to provide different service qualities for different services.
  • the requesting end device (such as a multi-link AP device or a multi-link STA device) will send a request to the responding end device (such as a multi-link STA device) according to its own link conditions and/or service requirements.
  • a link AP device or a multi-link STA device sends a mapping relationship between services and links.
  • the mapping relationship may not meet the requirements of the responder device, resulting in failure to establish the mapping relationship.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and device, which are used for carrying relevant auxiliary information for establishing a mapping relationship between a service identifier and a link in a radio frame, so that a responder device can quickly and accurately establish and request a terminal according to the relevant auxiliary information.
  • the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links between devices avoids signaling overhead and delay caused by repeated negotiation.
  • a first aspect provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: generating a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate the remapping cause. Send the first frame.
  • the method may be executed by a first device (such as a multi-link AP or a multi-link STA), or may be executed by a component in the first device (such as a chip system).
  • a first device such as a multi-link AP or a multi-link STA
  • a component in the first device such as a chip system
  • the first device notifies the second device of the reason for initiating establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the second device can establish the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link according to the reason, thereby avoiding the established mapping relationship that does not meet the requirements of the first device, resulting in failure of TID-to-link mapping negotiation, and improving TID-to-link mapping. Link mapping negotiation efficiency.
  • the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the service quality QoS report Information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed; the link quality report information field is used to indicate the chain Road quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
  • the link quality information includes, for example, the following item or items: RSSI value of received signal strength indication, SINR value of signal-to-interference and noise ratio, indication information of whether RSSI satisfies the first condition, and indication of whether SINR satisfies the second condition information.
  • the service quality information includes, for example, a QoS value, or indication information of whether the QoS satisfies the third condition.
  • the responder device can obtain the corresponding remapping reasons in the corresponding fields.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield.
  • the first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield and/or the second subfield are used to indicate whether the down link set information field is present in the first frame.
  • the third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field is present in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
  • the responder device can obtain the remapping reason in the corresponding field to realize the rapid negotiation of TID-to-link mapping.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the remapping cause field, and the first value and/or the second value of the remapping cause field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame.
  • the third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield.
  • the first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the in the first frame.
  • the third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the RSSI link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield the second subfield, the third subfield, the fourth subfield, and the indication of the remapping reason field, double acknowledgment, and then determine whether the first frame contains the closed link set information field, and /or link quality report information field, and/or QoS report information field, to improve the transmission accuracy of remapping cause information.
  • the effective remapping cause can be transmitted only when the remapping cause information carried in the control field and the remapping cause field does not conflict.
  • the method further includes: receiving a second frame, where the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information It is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the second device determines the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link based on the first remapping reason and some of its own considerations, such as the requirement for the link transmission rate, to generate the second frame.
  • the second service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field are used to utilize the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link Indicates the second mapping relationship.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the correspondence between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link.
  • the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link.
  • the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second mapping relationship; the fifth subfield indicates the second mapping relationship;
  • the ninth value of the field is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
  • the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the second mapping relationship .
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field utilize the bitmap of the link identifier and the service identifier.
  • the corresponding relationship indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identification and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identification to indicate the second. Mapping relations.
  • the transmission of service identification mapping information can be flexibly realized, so that the responding end device can quickly learn the mapping relationship between the service identification and the link, and complete the TID-to-link mapping. negotiate.
  • the second service identifier mapping information also carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • control field further includes a service identification direction subfield, which is used to indicate the direction of the service identification.
  • a service identification direction subfield occupies 1 bit, it is used to indicate whether the TID is unidirectional or bidirectional.
  • the direction of the one-way indication is the same as the TID direction corresponding to the device sending the first frame.
  • Bidirectional includes the upstream direction and the downstream direction.
  • the service identification direction subfield occupies 2 bits, it is used to indicate whether the TID is an uplink direction, a downlink direction or bidirectional. For example, 10 indicates the upstream direction, 01 indicates the downstream direction, 11 indicates the bidirectional direction, and 00 is the reserved value.
  • the method further includes: sending a third frame, where the third frame is used to indicate a positive response or a negative response to the second frame.
  • the third frame indicates whether the first device accepts the second mapping relationship, or indicates whether the second mapping relationship is successfully established.
  • the second device can determine whether the TID-to-link mapping is successfully established.
  • the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, the first service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the relationship between the service identifier and the link The first mapping relationship of .
  • the first device may first determine a mapping relationship between a set of service identifiers and links according to the remapping reason. Then, subsequently, the second device may choose to accept, modify or replace the mapping relationship to improve negotiation efficiency.
  • the method further includes: the second frame also carries a status code, where the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
  • the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
  • the first device can determine whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established according to the status code. Further, if the establishment fails, it is determined whether to accept the second service identifier mapping information.
  • the first frame also carries a remapping mode
  • the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
  • the immediate remapping mode means that after the negotiation of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successful, remapping is performed immediately according to the negotiated TID-to-link mapping.
  • Delayed remapping mode means that after the negotiation of the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link is successful, remapping is performed according to the negotiated TID-to-link mapping after waiting for a period of time.
  • MAC protocol data unit MAC MAC protocol data unit
  • MPDU protocol data unit
  • a preset waiting time is required.
  • the waiting period may also be indicated by the remapping delay timer field, so as to successfully complete the remapping.
  • a data transmission method comprising: receiving a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate the remapping cause. Parse the first frame.
  • the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the service quality QoS report Information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed; the link quality report information field is used to indicate the chain Road quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield.
  • the first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield and/or the second subfield are used to indicate whether the down link set information field is present in the first frame.
  • the third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field is present in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the remapping reason field.
  • the first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame.
  • the first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame.
  • the third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield.
  • the first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the in the first frame.
  • the third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the method further includes: generating a second frame, where the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information uses is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link. Send the second frame.
  • the second service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field are used to utilize the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link Indicates the second mapping relationship.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the correspondence between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link.
  • the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link.
  • the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second mapping relationship; the fifth subfield indicates the second mapping relationship;
  • the ninth value of the field is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
  • the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the second mapping relationship .
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field utilize the bitmap of the link identifier and the service identifier.
  • the corresponding relationship indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identification and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identification to indicate the second. Mapping relations.
  • the second service identifier mapping information also carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the method further includes: receiving a third frame, where the third frame is used to indicate an affirmative acknowledgment or a negative acknowledgment to the second frame.
  • the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, the first service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the relationship between the service identifier and the link The first mapping relationship of .
  • the method further includes: the second frame also carries a status code, where the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
  • the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
  • the first frame also carries a remapping mode
  • the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
  • a data transmission method comprising: sending, on a first link, a management frame on a failed second link and a target link identifier, where the target link identifier is used to indicate a receiving end multi-link
  • the device MLD forwards the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier.
  • the management frame is a unicast management frame sent by the first device to a module in the second device, and the target link identifier is used to point to the module.
  • a module refers to a device in an MLD device.
  • an AP in the AP MLD is another example.
  • a certain STA in the STA MLD is another example.
  • the management frame that should be sent can also be sent to the lower MAC layer corresponding to the failed or unreachable link, avoiding management Frame transmission failed.
  • the method further includes: sending a reporting link identifier on the first link, where the reporting link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end MLD to send a response on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier frame.
  • the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
  • the management frame includes a reporting link identifier (reporting link ID) and a destination link identifier (destination link ID).
  • the reporting link identifier includes a reporting link identifier, which is used to indicate the identifier of the link that actually sends the management frame.
  • the target link identifier includes the target link identifier, which is used to indicate the identifier of the final link to be forwarded to.
  • the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
  • a new function frame is defined, and the function frame carries the transparently transmitted management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier.
  • a data transmission method comprising: receiving, on the first link, a management frame and a target link identifier on a failed second link. According to the target link identifier, it is determined to forward the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier.
  • the reporting link identifier is received on the first link, and the reporting link identifier is used to indicate that the response frame is sent on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier.
  • the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
  • the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
  • a data transmission device including a processing module and a communication module.
  • the processing module is configured to generate a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate the remapping cause.
  • the communication module is used to send the first frame.
  • the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the service quality QoS report Information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed; the link quality report information field is used to indicate the chain Road quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield.
  • the first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield and/or the second subfield are used to indicate whether the down link set information field is present in the first frame.
  • the third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field is present in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the remapping reason field.
  • the first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame.
  • the first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame.
  • the third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield.
  • the first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the in the first frame.
  • the third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the communication module is further configured to receive a second frame, where the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information It is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the second service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field are used to utilize the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link Indicates the second mapping relationship.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the correspondence between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link.
  • the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link.
  • the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second mapping relationship; the fifth subfield indicates the second mapping relationship;
  • the ninth value of the field is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
  • the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the second mapping relationship .
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field utilize the bitmap of the link identifier and the service identifier.
  • the corresponding relationship indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identification and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identification to indicate the second. Mapping relations.
  • the second service identifier mapping information also carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the communication module is further configured to send a third frame, where the third frame is used to indicate a positive response or a negative response to the second frame.
  • the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, the first service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the relationship between the service identifier and the link The first mapping relationship of .
  • the method further includes: the second frame also carries a status code, where the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
  • the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
  • the first frame also carries a remapping mode
  • the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
  • the communication module may include a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices.
  • the sending module is used to send data to other devices.
  • the specific implementation manner of the communication module is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or the instruction
  • the data transmission apparatus described in the fifth aspect can execute the data transmission method described in the first aspect.
  • the data transmission device described in the fifth aspect may be an AP or a STA, or may be a chip or a chip system provided in the AP or STA, which is not limited in this application.
  • a data transmission device including a processing module and a communication module.
  • the communication module is configured to receive a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate the remapping cause.
  • Processing module for parsing the first frame.
  • the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the service quality QoS report Information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed; the link quality report information field is used to indicate the chain Road quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield.
  • the first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield and/or the second subfield are used to indicate whether the down link set information field is present in the first frame.
  • the third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field is present in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the remapping reason field.
  • the first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame.
  • the first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame.
  • the third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield.
  • the first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the in the first frame.
  • the third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the processing module is further configured to generate a second frame, where the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information It is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the communication module is also used for sending the second frame.
  • the second service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field are used to utilize the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link Indicates the second mapping relationship.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the correspondence between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link.
  • the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link.
  • the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second mapping relationship; the fifth subfield indicates the second mapping relationship;
  • the ninth value of the field is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
  • the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the second mapping relationship .
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field utilize the bitmap of the link identifier and the service identifier.
  • the corresponding relationship indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second. Mapping relations.
  • the second service identifier mapping information also carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the communication module is further configured to receive a third frame, where the third frame is used to indicate a positive response or a negative response to the second frame.
  • the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, the first service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the relationship between the service identifier and the link The first mapping relationship of .
  • the second frame also carries a status code, and the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
  • the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
  • the first frame also carries a remapping mode
  • the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
  • the communication module may include a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices.
  • the sending module is used to send data to other devices.
  • the specific implementation manner of the communication module is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction
  • the data transmission apparatus described in the sixth aspect can execute the data transmission method described in the second aspect.
  • the data transmission device described in the sixth aspect may be an AP or a STA, or a chip or a chip system provided in the AP or STA, which is not limited in this application.
  • a data transmission device including a communication module.
  • the communication module is used to send the management frame on the failed second link and the target link identifier on the first link, and the target link identifier is used to indicate the management frame to be received by the multi-link device MLD at the receiving end Forward to the module corresponding to the target link ID.
  • the communication module is further configured to send a reporting link identifier on the first link, where the reporting link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end MLD to send on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier response frame.
  • the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
  • the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
  • the communication module may include a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices.
  • the sending module is used to send data to other devices.
  • the specific implementation manner of the communication module is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may further include a processing module and a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or the instruction
  • the data transmission apparatus described in the seventh aspect can execute the data transmission method described in the third aspect.
  • the data transmission device described in the seventh aspect may be an AP or a STA, or may be a chip or a chip system provided in the AP or STA, which is not limited in this application.
  • a data transmission device including a processing module and a communication module.
  • the communication module is configured to receive, on the first link, the management frame and the target link identifier on the failed second link.
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the target link identifier, to forward the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier.
  • the communication module is further configured to receive a reporting link identifier on the first link, where the reporting link identifier is used to indicate that the response frame is sent on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier.
  • the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
  • the management frame carries, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
  • the communication module may include a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices.
  • the sending module is used to send data to other devices.
  • the specific implementation manner of the communication module is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module executes the program or the instruction
  • the data transmission apparatus described in the eighth aspect can execute the data transmission method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the data transmission device described in the eighth aspect may be an AP or a STA, or a chip or a chip system provided in the AP or STA, which is not limited in this application.
  • a data transmission device in a ninth aspect, includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are used to implement any one of the methods provided in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
  • the processor is configured to perform processing actions in the corresponding method
  • the transceiver is configured to perform the actions of receiving/transmitting in the corresponding method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer executes the functions provided in any one of the first to fourth aspects. any method.
  • An eleventh aspect provides a computer program product comprising computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform any one of the methods provided in any one of the first to fourth aspects.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a chip, comprising: a processing circuit and a transceiver pin, where the processing circuit and the transceiver pin are used to implement any one of the methods provided in any one of the foregoing first to fourth aspects.
  • the processing circuit is used for executing the processing actions in the corresponding method
  • the transceiver pins are used for executing the actions of receiving/transmitting in the corresponding method.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a second schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a multi-link information unit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a target wake-up time unit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram 1 of a frame structure of a service identifier and a link mapping information field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram 2 of a frame structure of a service identifier and a link mapping information field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram 3 of a frame structure of a service identifier and a link mapping information field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 9 is a fourth schematic diagram of a frame structure of a service identifier and a link mapping information field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a second schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a third schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an AP MLD and a STA MLD participating in communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 14 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of a frame format of a transparently transmitted management frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another data transmission apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system adopts a system of the IEEE 802.11 standard.
  • the IEEE 802.11 standard includes, but is not limited to, the 802.11be standard, or the next-generation 802.11 standard.
  • the applicable scenarios of the technical solution of the present application include: communication between AP and STA, communication between AP and AP, and communication between STA and STA.
  • the communication system includes at least one multi-link AP 100 and at least one multi-link STA 200.
  • multi-link STA 200 includes multi-link STA 1, multi-link STA 2 and multi-link STA 3.
  • the STA involved in this embodiment of the present application may be various user terminals, user devices, access devices, user stations, user units, mobile stations, user agents, user equipment or other names with wireless communication functions
  • the user terminal may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to the wireless modem, as well as various forms of user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal), terminal equipment (terminal equipment), portable communication device, hand-held, portable computing device, entertainment device, gaming device or system, global positioning system device or is configured to communicate via a wireless medium Any other suitable device for network communication, etc.
  • stations or STAs, or multi-link STAs, or multi-link STA devices, or STA MLDs, or non-access point stations (non-access point stations, non-access point stations) -AP STA), or non-AP MLD.
  • the access point AP involved in this embodiment of the present application is a device deployed in a wireless communication network to provide a wireless communication function for its associated STA, and the access point AP can be used as the center of the communication system.
  • the access point AP can be communication devices such as base stations, routers, gateways, repeaters, communication servers, switches, or bridges, where the base stations can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, and relay stations.
  • the devices mentioned above are collectively referred to as access point AP, or multi-link AP, or multi-link AP device, or AP MLD.
  • MLDs can transmit and receive data through multiple links.
  • Multilinks can be deployed on multi-bands, where there can be one or more links on a band.
  • the multiple frequency bands may include, but are not limited to, the following frequency bands: a 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequency band, a 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequency band, and a 6 GHz Wi-Fi frequency band.
  • MLD can communicate over multiple channels on the same frequency band.
  • the multiple frequency bands or multiple channels may be collectively referred to as multiple links.
  • the multi-link AP includes M APs, such as AP#1 to AP#M.
  • the M APs are in one-to-one correspondence with the M links supported by the multi-link AP.
  • a multi-link STA may include N STAs, such as STA#1 to STA#N.
  • the N STAs are in one-to-one correspondence with the N links supported by the multi-link STA.
  • M and N are both integers greater than 1.
  • M may or may not be equal to N.
  • a STA working on one link can be associated with an AP working on the same link among the multi-link APs, so that the STA and the AP can perform data transmission through the link.
  • STA#1 in the multilink STA is associated with AP#1 in the multilink AP, so that communication between STA#1 and AP#1 is performed through link 1.
  • STA#2 in the multi-link STA is associated with AP#2 in the multi-link AP, so that communication between STA#2 and AP#2 is performed through link 2.
  • STA#3 in the multi-link STA is associated with AP#3 in the multi-link AP, so that communication between STA#3 and AP#3 is performed through link 3.
  • the links between the multi-link STA and the multi-link AP can be deployed in the same or different frequency bands. For example, if Link 1 is deployed in the 2.4GHz Wi-Fi band, AP#1 works in the 2.4GHz Wi-Fi band. Link 2 is deployed in the 5GHz Wi-Fi band, and AP#2 works in the 5GHz Wi-Fi band. Link 3 is deployed in the 6GHz Wi-Fi band, and AP#3 works in the 6GHz Wi-Fi band.
  • the AP/STA corresponding to the link may be described as: the AP/STA working on the link.
  • multi-link devices can communicate with other devices.
  • other devices may be multi-link devices or may not be multi-link devices.
  • the multi-link STA may send an association request frame to the multi-link AP, and the association request frame carries the multi-link information on the STA side.
  • the multi-link AP sends an association response frame to the multi-link STA device, and the association response frame carries the multi-link information on the AP side.
  • the multi-link information can be carried by a multi-link information element (ML element).
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a multi-link information unit.
  • the multi-link information unit includes: an element ID (element ID) field, a length (length) field, an element ID extension (element ID extension) field, a control (control) field, and a multi-link device public information ( MLD common info) field and zero or more link profile subelement fields.
  • the public information field of the multi-link device carries the public information of the MLD on all multi-links.
  • the public information includes the MAC address of the MLD and the like.
  • Each link information subunit carries the dedicated information of each corresponding link.
  • the proprietary information includes capability information of the MLD site on each link, and the like.
  • the uplink direction refers to the transmission direction in which the STA sends data to the AP.
  • the downlink direction refers to the transmission direction in which the AP sends data to the STA.
  • the transmission direction in which STA#1 sends data to AP#1 is the uplink direction
  • the transmission direction in which AP#2 sends data to STA#2 is the downlink direction.
  • mapping relationship can be established between services and links to provide different services for different services.
  • Purpose of service may be implemented as establishing a mapping relationship between service identifiers and links by presetting a service identifier corresponding to the service.
  • the service identifiers of non-important services may be mapped to some links, and the service identifiers of important services may be mapped to all links, so as to improve the efficiency and accuracy of executing important services.
  • the service identifiers of different services are mapped to corresponding links according to the rates of different links and the delay characteristics of services.
  • a mapping relationship between service identifiers and links is established.
  • the multi-link is established, due to reasons such as device movement or service change, it may be necessary to perform remapping between service identifiers and links to establish a remapping relationship that conforms to the current situation to meet service requirements. For example, after the STA MLD moves, it reaches the edge of the AP signal coverage, so that the delay-sensitive services on some links do not meet the QoS requirements, and the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link needs to be re-established to reduce the service transmission delay.
  • the device requesting the establishment of service identification and link mapping may be a STA MLD or an AP SLD.
  • the STA and the AP negotiate through the TWT to determine the same TWT parameters, for example, including the schedule.
  • This schedule includes sleep periods, such as beacon periods.
  • the STA can periodically sleep and wake up according to the sleep cycle to save energy.
  • the STA may act as the requester device that initiates the TWT negotiation, and initiate a TWT negotiation request to the AP that is the responder device.
  • the AP may act as the requester device that initiates the TWT negotiation, and initiate a TWT negotiation request to the STA that is the responder device.
  • the request mode of the requesting end device includes any one of the following: requesting TWT parameters, suggesting TWT parameters, and requiring TWT parameters.
  • the requester device will perform different operations in different request modes according to its own needs, and send the corresponding TWT negotiation request to the responder device.
  • the responder device After receiving the TWT negotiation request, the responder device will perform corresponding operations according to different request methods. As shown in Table 2 below, operations performed by the requester device and the responder device under different request modes are shown.
  • the operation performed by the responder device corresponds to any of the following response modes: accepting TWT parameters, replacing TWT parameters, specifying TWT parameters, and rejecting TWT parameters.
  • Table 3 shows the specific operations that the responder device needs to perform in different response modes.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a TWT element.
  • the TWT unit includes an element ID (element ID) field, a length (length) field, a TWT request (TWT request) field, and a TWT setup command (TWT setup command) field.
  • the TWT request field occupies 1 bit, which is used to indicate the device type that sends the TWT unit. For example, when the value of the TWT request field is 1, it indicates that the device sending the TWT unit is the requesting end device; when the value of the TWT request field is 0, it indicates that the device sending the TWT unit is the responding end device.
  • the TWT setup command field occupies 3 bits, which are used to indicate the type of TWT setup. Actions to be performed when sending a site.
  • N/A means not applicable (not applicable).
  • some schemes propose to use the above-mentioned TWT negotiation rules to exchange TID-to-link mapping between the requesting end device and the responding end device, so as to realize the establishment of service identifiers and links between the requesting end device and the responding end device. Mapping relationships to improve business efficiency.
  • the request method is to suggest the TID-to-link mapping parameter
  • the response method is to replace the TID-to-link mapping parameter
  • the requesting end device is congested due to too many services carried on link 1, and after mapping some service identifiers on link 1 to other links, obtains the mapping relationship 1, and initiates remapping to the responding end device.
  • the responder device After receiving the mapping relationship 1, the responder device will modify some or all of the mapping relationships in the mapping relationship 1 according to its own needs because it does not know the reason why the requesting device requires remapping, and may still map some service identifiers.
  • the requester device determines that the mapping relationship 2 cannot be implemented, and needs to send the updated mapping relationship to the responder device again for negotiation. In this way, after multiple negotiation, the requesting end device and the responding end device can re-establish the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link, which is inefficient.
  • the request method is to request the TID-to-link mapping parameter or suggest the TID-to-link mapping parameter
  • the response method is to specify the TID-to-link mapping parameter
  • mapping relationship specified by the responder device may not be applicable to the link and service conditions of the requester device, which will cause the negotiation to fail.
  • the requester device and the responder device do not know the reason for the other party's mapping during the TID-to-link mapping negotiation process, they need to negotiate multiple times, resulting in low efficiency of the negotiation process; or if the negotiation fails, affect the efficiency of business execution.
  • a first frame for the scenario of establishing a mapping relationship between service identifiers and links is proposed.
  • the first frame can trigger the TID-to-link mapping negotiation process with the responder device.
  • the first frame includes remapping cause information, and after receiving the first frame, the responding end device can determine the remapping cause indicated by the requesting end device according to the remapping cause information, thereby improving negotiation efficiency.
  • the above-mentioned first frame may also be referred to as a TID-to-link mapping setup frame. It should be understood that the first frame may be aggregated or carried in the transmission data.
  • the above-mentioned remapping reason information may also be called auxiliary information, which is mainly used to assist in determining TID-to-link mapping.
  • the requesting device that sends the first frame may be STA MLD or AP MLD.
  • STA MLD or AP MLD the reasons for initiating TID-to-link mapping negotiation are the same or different. Therefore, before introducing the frame format of the first frame, we first introduce the reasons why the STA MLD and the AP MLD initiate the TID-to-link mapping negotiation.
  • the STA MLD moves beyond the signal coverage of an AP, resulting in unreachable part of downlink data, or unreachable uplink and downlink data.
  • the STA MLD moves, causing the coverage of AP#1 to be exceeded, the data transmitted on link 1 is unreachable.
  • link unreachability is a strong restriction. That is, because the TID-to-link mapping negotiation initiated by the link is unreachable, the responder device cannot map the service ID modification to the unreachable link, thereby avoiding the failure of the TID-to-link mapping negotiation.
  • the STA MLD closes one or more links for the purpose of energy saving, it is necessary to remap the service identifiers corresponding to the links to be closed so that they are mapped to the new links.
  • the responder device should accept the TID-to-link mapping.
  • the first reason is load balancing.
  • the AP MLD determines that the load on the current link is unbalanced, it needs to adjust the services carried on the link, and remap some services on the over-congested link to other links with lighter load. In order to achieve load balancing and improve business efficiency.
  • the second reason is to reduce the transmission latency of sensitive services.
  • AP MLD remaps non-sensitive services on link 1 to other links, thereby reducing the transmission latency of sensitive services on link 1.
  • the third reason is access control.
  • the AP MLD manages the STAs accessed by each AP device attached to it according to the type or capability of the STA.
  • the capabilities of the STA include the number of transmit and receive streams it supports, whether the links corresponding to the multi-link device support simultaneous transmit and receive (STR) data, and whether the links corresponding to the multi-link device support shared transmit and receive chains. (Tx/Rx chain), etc.
  • the information that may be included in the first frame is exemplarily given.
  • the elements of the maximum number of links allowed to open, the link quality report element, the QoS report element and the closed link set element correspond to the reasons for the above-mentioned TID-to-link mapping negotiation, are optional elements, and the information contained in the first frame can contain one or more of them.
  • an indication field is set in the first frame to indicate whether the first frame carries the element of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened, the link quality report element, the QoS report element and the closed link set element.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of the first frame.
  • the first frame includes an element ID (element ID) field, a length (length) field, a control (control) field, a remapping reason (remapping reason) field, and the maximum number of links allowed to be opened (max number of enabled links) field, disable link set info field, link quality report information (link quality report info) field, QoS report information (QoS report info) field, service identifier and link mapping information (TID) -to-link mapping info) field, and remapping delay timer (remapping delay timer) field.
  • element ID element ID
  • length length
  • control control
  • a remapping reason remapping reason
  • maximum number of links allowed to be opened maximum number of enabled links
  • disable link set info field link quality report information (link quality report info) field, QoS report information (QoS report info) field, service identifier and link mapping information (TID) -to-
  • the first frame includes remapping reason information, where the remapping reason information is used to indicate the remapping reason.
  • the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, and the service quality QoS report information field. That is to say, the remapping reason information contained in the first frame can use one or more of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, and the QoS report information field. field to indicate.
  • the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field is used to indicate the maximum number of links currently allowed to be opened by the device sending the first frame. For example, when the STA MLD needs to save energy, the maximum number of links allowed to be turned on can be indicated by the Maximum number of links allowed to be turned on field.
  • the shutdown link set information field is used to indicate the link set that needs to be shut down. That is, it corresponds to remapping reasons such as link failure, link unreachability, access control, and load balancing.
  • the link quality report information field is used to indicate the link quality of the link, and the link quality report information field carries link quality information.
  • the link quality information includes, for example, one or more of the following: RSSI value, SINR value, indication information of whether the RSSI satisfies the first condition, and indication information of whether the SINR satisfies the second condition.
  • the RSSI value may be an uplink RSSI value, or a downlink RSSI value, or may include an uplink RSSI value and a downlink RSSI value.
  • the RSSI value may be the RSSI value measured by the STA according to the beacon frame, or the uplink RSSI value may be determined according to the difference between the transmission power of the beacon frame sent by the AP and the transmission power of the STA.
  • the first condition is used to measure whether the link is reachable.
  • the link is reachable, and the corresponding indication information indicates that the link is reachable.
  • the link is unreachable, and the corresponding indication information indicates that the link is unreachable.
  • the SINR value may be an uplink SINR value, or a downlink SINR value, or may include an uplink SINR value and a downlink SINR value.
  • the second condition is used to measure whether the link is reachable. For example, if the SINR satisfies the second condition, the link is reachable, and the corresponding indication information indicates that the link is reachable. For another example, if the SINR does not satisfy the second condition, the link is unreachable, and the corresponding indication information is indicating that the link is unreachable.
  • the QoS report information field is used to indicate the quality of service of the corresponding service identifier.
  • the QoS report information field carries service quality information.
  • the service quality information includes, for example, a QoS value, or information indicating whether the QoS satisfies the third condition.
  • the QoS value includes, for example, an average packet waiting delay, a delay jitter, an average rate, and the like.
  • the second condition may be whether the QoS requirement is met. For example, if the QoS satisfies the second condition, the QoS satisfies the requirement, and the corresponding indication information indicates that the service identifier satisfies the QoS requirement. For another example, if the QoS does not meet the second condition, then the QoS does not meet the requirement, and the corresponding indication information is to indicate that the service identifier does not meet the QoS requirement.
  • the first frame includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame.
  • the first indication information may be carried in the control field, or in the remapping cause field, or in the control field and the remapping cause field. Three indication manners in which the first indication information is carried in different fields are respectively introduced below.
  • Manner 1 The first indication information is carried in the control field.
  • the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield.
  • the first subfield may be the current maximum number of enabled links present (max number of enabled links present) subfield, and the first subfield occupies 1 bit, which is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of enabled links present appears in the in the first frame.
  • the second subfield may be the currently closed link set information (disable link set info present) subfield, the second subfield occupies 1 bit, and the first field and/or the second field is used to indicate whether the disabled link set information field is appears in the first frame.
  • the third subfield may be a current link quality information (link quality info present) subfield, and the third subfield occupies 1 bit and is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield may be a current QoS information (QoS info present) subfield, and the fourth subfield occupies 1 bit and is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the first field is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened, and to indicate the set of links that need to be shut down.
  • the first field and the second field are used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed.
  • the remapping reason information contained in the first frame is indicated by the first subfield, the second subfield, the third subfield and the fourth subfield.
  • the responder device can obtain the remapping reason in the corresponding field to realize the rapid negotiation of TID-to-link mapping.
  • the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be turned on can be used as a subfield of the control field, directly in the control field
  • the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield in indicates the maximum number of links allowed to be opened.
  • the maximum number of links allowed to be enabled subfield occupies 4 bits.
  • the control field does not need to contain a subfield of the maximum number of links currently allowed to be opened.
  • control field further includes other subfields, such as a service identification mapping request (TID mapping request) subfield, a service identification mapping command (TID mapping command) subfield, a service identification mapping mode (TID mapping mode) subfield, and reserved subfield.
  • TID mapping request service identification mapping request
  • TID mapping command service identification mapping command
  • TID mapping mode service identification mapping mode
  • the service identifier mapping request subfield occupies 1 bit, and is used to indicate whether the device sending the first frame is the requester device or the responder device. For example, when the value of the service identifier mapping request subfield is 1, it is used to indicate that the device currently sending the first frame is the requester device. For another example, when the value of the service identifier mapping request subfield is 0, it is used to indicate that the device currently sending the first frame is the responder device.
  • the service identifier mapping command subfield occupies 3 bits and is used to indicate the type of TID-to-link mapping negotiation. Referring to Table 6 below, when the service identifier mapping command subfield takes different values, as different site devices, the corresponding commands have different meanings.
  • the device sending the first frame is the requester device, and when the value of the service ID mapping command subfield is 0, it is used to indicate the request for the TID-to-link mapping parameter, and the first frame does not carry the TID-to-link mapping parameter .
  • the device sending the first frame is the responder device, and when the value of the service identifier mapping command subfield is 4, it is used to indicate that the first frame carries the replaced TID-to-link mapping parameter.
  • the TID-to-link mapping parameter includes the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the service identifier mapping mode subfield occupies 1 bit and is used to indicate the remapping mode, and the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
  • the immediate remapping mode means that after the negotiation of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successful, remapping is performed immediately according to the negotiated TID-to-link mapping.
  • Delayed remapping mode means that after the negotiation of the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link is successful, remapping is performed according to the negotiated TID-to-link mapping after waiting for a period of time.
  • MAC protocol data unit MAC MAC protocol data unit
  • MPDU protocol data unit
  • Manner 2 The first indication information is carried in the remapping reason field.
  • the first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame.
  • the first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame.
  • the third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the remapping reason field can indicate whether the first frame includes the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, and/or the closed link set information field, and/or the link quality report information field, and/or the QoS report information field.
  • the remapping reason field can also be used to indicate the remapping reason.
  • Table 7 the remapping reasons corresponding to the values of the partial remapping reason fields are exemplarily shown. It can be understood that other remapping reasons may also be included, which will not be repeated here.
  • Remap reason field value Reason for remapping 0 Link failure or link unreachable 1 Delay-sensitive services do not meet QoS requirements 2 energy saving 3 load balancing 4 Reduce the transmission latency of sensitive services 5 access control
  • Manner 3 The first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field.
  • the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth field.
  • the first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame.
  • the first subfield, the second field, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second values of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first subfield. in one frame.
  • the third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  • the effective remapping cause can be transmitted only when the first indication information carried in the control field and the remapping cause field does not conflict, that is, the indicated remapping cause does not conflict.
  • the remapping cause is sent to the responder device, so that the responder device can quickly identify the remapping cause and complete the TID-to-link mapping negotiation.
  • the first frame may also carry service identifier mapping information, where the service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason and is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason and is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link in at least the following six ways.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
  • the number of bits of the bitmap of the link is P times the number of links, and P is a positive integer.
  • a bit value of 1 indicates that the corresponding relationship includes a corresponding link; a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding relationship does not include a corresponding link.
  • the number of links is 3, namely link 1, link 2 and link 3.
  • the bitmap is 001, it means link 3.
  • the bitmap is 101, it means link 1 and link 3.
  • the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is indicated. For example, if the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates that TID3 has a corresponding relationship with the bitmap 011 of the link, it means that TID3 is mapped to link 2 and link 3.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the number of bits of the bitmap of the service identifier is Q times the number of TIDs, and Q is a positive integer.
  • a bit value of 1 indicates that the corresponding relationship contains a corresponding service identifier; a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding relationship does not contain a corresponding service identifier.
  • the number of TIDs is 8, which are TID0-TID7 respectively.
  • Q 1, the number of bits is 8. For example, if the bitmap is 10000000, it means TID0. For another example, if the bitmap is 00011000, it means TID3 and link TID4.
  • the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is indicated. For example, if the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates that link 1 has a corresponding relationship with the bitmap 10000000 of the service identifier, it means that TID0 is mapped to link 1.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Relationship, indicating the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links.
  • the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • FIG. 6 shows schematic diagram 1 of the frame structure of the service identifier and link mapping information field.
  • the service identification and link mapping information fields include an element ID field, a length (length) field, a control (control) field, a service identification or a bitmap of TIDs/links ) field.
  • the combination of the repetition control field and the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate one or more sets of mapping relationships.
  • mapping relationship indication method please refer to the following example description.
  • control field includes a manner flag subfield, which is used to indicate the combination mode for determining the corresponding relationship. That is, the fifth subfield is the marking mode subfield.
  • the marking mode subfield occupies 1 bit, which is used to indicate that the control field includes a service identifier (TID) subfield or a link identifier (link ID) subfield.
  • TID service identifier
  • link ID link identifier
  • the control field when the value of the marking mode subfield is 0, the control field includes a service identification subfield, which is used to indicate the TID.
  • the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
  • the control field when the marking mode subfield takes a value of 1, the control field includes a link identification subfield, which is used to indicate the link identification.
  • the bitmap field of the service identifier or link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier. That is, the service ID and link mapping information field indicates the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the link ID and the bitmap of the service ID.
  • the control field further includes a service identification direction (direction of TID) subfield, which is used to indicate the direction of the service identification.
  • a service identification direction direction of TID
  • the service identification direction subfield occupies 1 bit, it is used to indicate whether the TID is unidirectional or bidirectional.
  • the direction of the one-way indication is the same as the TID direction corresponding to the device sending the first frame.
  • Bidirectional includes the upstream direction and the downstream direction.
  • the service identification direction subfield occupies 2 bits, it is used to indicate whether the TID is an uplink direction, a downlink direction or bidirectional. For example, 10 indicates the upstream direction, 01 indicates the downstream direction, 11 indicates the bidirectional direction, and 00 is the reserved value.
  • the service identification direction subfield it is determined that the service identification direction is the downlink direction, indicating that the current mapping relationship is suitable for the downlink transmission process.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Relationship, indicating the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links.
  • the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the ninth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link. .
  • FIG. 7 shows schematic diagram 2 of the frame structure of the service identifier and link mapping information field.
  • the control field includes a marking mode subfield, occupying 2 bits, and is used to indicate that the control field includes a service identification (TID) subfield, a link identification (link ID) subfield, and the bits of the service identification.
  • TID service identification
  • link ID link identification
  • the control field when the value of the marking mode subfield is 00, the control field includes a service identification subfield, which is used to indicate the TID.
  • the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
  • the control field when the marking mode subfield takes a value of 01, the control field includes a link identification subfield, which is used to indicate the link identification.
  • the bitmap field of the service identifier or link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier. That is, the service ID and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the link ID and the bitmap of the service ID.
  • the control field when the value of the marking mode subfield is 10, the control field includes the bitmap subfield of the service identifier, which is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
  • the control field when the value of the marking mode subfield is 11, the control field includes the bitmap subfield of the link, which is used to indicate the bitmap of the link.
  • the bitmap field of the service identifier or link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Relationship, indicating the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links. The eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the correspondence between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the mapping between the service identifier and the link. relation.
  • FIG. 8 shows schematic diagram 3 of the frame structure of the service identifier and link mapping information field.
  • the control field includes a marking mode subfield, occupying 1 bit, which is used to indicate that the control field includes a service identifier (TID) subfield, or a service identifier or a bitmap of the link (bitmap of TIDs/ links) subfield.
  • TID service identifier
  • bitmap of the link bitmap of TIDs/ links
  • the control field when the marking mode subfield takes a value of 0, the control field includes a service identification subfield, which is used to indicate the TID.
  • the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
  • the control field includes a service identifier or a link bitmap subfield, which is used to indicate a service identifier or a link bitmap. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier. For example, if the service identifier or link bitmap subfield is used to indicate the link bitmap, the corresponding service identifier or link bitmap field is used to indicate the service identifier bitmap. For another example, if the service identifier or the bitmap subfield of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier, the corresponding service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link.
  • the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identification and link mapping information field utilizes the bitmap of the link identification and the service identification
  • the corresponding relationship indicates the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links.
  • the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field by using the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the mapping between the service identifier and the link. relation.
  • FIG. 9 shows schematic diagram 4 of the frame structure of the service identifier and link mapping information field.
  • the control field includes a marking mode subfield, occupying 1 bit, which is used to indicate that the control field includes a link ID (link ID) subfield, or a service ID or a bitmap of the link (bitmap of TIDs/links) subfield.
  • the control field when the marking mode subfield takes a value of 0, the control field includes a link identification subfield, which is used to indicate the link identification.
  • the bitmap field of the service identifier or link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier. That is, the service ID and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the link ID and the bitmap of the service ID.
  • the control field includes a service identifier or a link bitmap subfield, which is used to indicate a service identifier or a link bitmap. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier. For example, if the service identifier or link bitmap subfield is used to indicate the link bitmap, the corresponding service identifier or link bitmap field is used to indicate the service identifier bitmap. For another example, if the service identifier or the bitmap subfield of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier, the corresponding service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link.
  • the transmission of service identification mapping information can be flexibly realized, so that the responding end device can quickly learn the mapping relationship between the service identification and the link, and complete the TID-to-link mapping. negotiate.
  • the service identifier and link mapping information field may carry all or part of the mapping information between the service identifier and the link. If the service identifier and link mapping information field carries the mapping information of part of the service identifier or the mapping information of part of the link, other mapping information not carried by default remains unchanged.
  • the link includes link 1-link 5, and the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates the mapping relationship between link 1-link 4 and the service identifier respectively, then link 5 keeps the original mapping relationship unchanged. Change.
  • a link is preset as an anchor link, and there is a mapping relationship between any TID and the anchor link. That is, any TID can be transmitted on the anchor link.
  • the mapping relationship between the TID and the anchor link may or may not be indicated in the service identifier and link mapping information field. If not indicated, other fields can be used to indicate the anchor link information, and the STA MLD and the AP MLD establish a mapping relationship between the TID and the anchor link according to the anchor link information.
  • FIG. 10 is a first schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the method includes the following steps:
  • a first device generates a first frame.
  • the first device is a requester device, which may be a STA MLD or an AP MLD.
  • the first frame includes remapping reason information, where the remapping reason information is used to indicate the remapping reason.
  • the remapping reason indicates the mapping reason, that is, the remapping reason information can also be described as the mapping reason information.
  • the information carried in the first frame includes one of the following situations:
  • the first frame contains the first remapping reason information.
  • the first device requests the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by requesting the TID-to-link mapping parameter, and then the remapping reason needs to be sent to the first device.
  • Second device to avoid that the TID-to-link mapping parameter provided by the second device is not applicable to the service identifier and link situation of the first device.
  • the first frame includes first remapping reason information and first service identifier mapping information.
  • the first service identifier mapping information is based on the first remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the first mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the first device may first determine a mapping relationship between a set of service identifiers and links according to the remapping reason. Then, subsequently, the second device may choose to accept, modify or replace the mapping relationship to improve negotiation efficiency.
  • the request method for the first device to request to establish the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is to suggest a TID-to-link mapping parameter, or the request method is to require a TID-to-link mapping parameter.
  • the link mapping parameter you need to provide the TID-to-link mapping parameter, that is, provide the first service identifier mapping information.
  • the first device sends the first frame to the second device.
  • the second device receives the first frame sent by the first device.
  • the second device parses the first frame.
  • the second device after receiving the first frame and parsing the first frame, the second device obtains the remapping reason information, and further determines the reason why the first device requests to establish the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the subsequent second device can establish a mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link according to the reason, thereby avoiding the established mapping relationship that does not meet the requirements of the first device, resulting in failure of TID-to-link mapping negotiation, and improving TID-to-link mapping. to-link mapping negotiation efficiency.
  • FIG. 11 is a second flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the method includes the following steps:
  • the second device generates a second frame.
  • the information carried in the second frame includes one of the following situations:
  • Scenario 1-1 The second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information.
  • the second service identifier mapping information is based on the first remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  • the second device determines the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link based on the first remapping reason and some of its own considerations, such as the requirement for the link transmission rate, to generate the second frame.
  • the first frame may be described as a service identifier and link mapping request frame (TID-to-link mapping request frame), and correspondingly, the second frame may be described as a TID-to-link mapping request frame. Described as service identification and link mapping response frame (TID-to-link mapping response frame).
  • the second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information and the second remapping reason information.
  • the second device may also determine the second remapping cause information according to its own service identifier and link conditions. Then, after the first device receives the second frame, if it is necessary to modify or replace the TID-to-link mapping parameter, it can determine the TID-to-link mapping parameter according to the second remapping reason information to improve the negotiation efficiency. Or, the first device can re-confirm the TID-to-link mapping parameter according to the first remapping reason information and the second remapping reason information, so as to avoid an error in the mapping relationship.
  • the first frame may be described as a service identifier and link mapping query frame (TID-to-link mapping query frame), and correspondingly, the second frame may be described as a TID-to-link mapping query frame. Described as service identification and link mapping request frame (TID-to-link mapping request frame).
  • the first device may also send a service identifier and a link mapping response frame (TID-to-link mapping response frame) to the second device.
  • the information carried in the second frame includes one of the following situations:
  • the second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information and/or the status code.
  • the second service identifier mapping information is modified or replaced service identifier mapping information.
  • the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established. Optionally, if the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link fails, the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
  • the second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information and the status code.
  • the response method of the second device is to replace the TID-to-link mapping parameter, or specify the TID-to-link mapping parameter.
  • the second frame carries the modified or replaced service identification mapping information, and indicates the failure reason. Further, subsequently, the first device can determine whether to accept the second service identifier mapping information according to the status code.
  • the second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information.
  • the second service identifier mapping information may be modified or replaced service identifier mapping information.
  • the second service identifier mapping information may be the same as the first service identifier mapping information, and the first device subsequently confirms the service identifier mapping information again.
  • the status code is carried in the second frame.
  • the second device uses the status code as an acknowledgement indication, including a positive acknowledgement (ACK) or a negative acknowledgement (NACK).
  • the status code is used to indicate that the TID-to-link mapping protocol has been established.
  • the status code is used to indicate that the establishment of the TID-to-link mapping protocol fails.
  • the status code is used to indicate refusal to establish the TID-to-link mapping protocol.
  • the second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information and/or status code, and the second remapping reason information.
  • the first frame may be described as a TID-to-link mapping setup frame (TID-to-link mapping setup). frame), correspondingly, the second frame can be described as a service identification and link mapping setup frame (TID-to-link mapping setup frame).
  • the second device sends a second frame to the first device.
  • the first device receives the second frame sent by the second device.
  • the first device parses the second frame.
  • the second device can determine the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link according to the remapping reason and its own situation. Then, the mapping relationship will not cause the first device to fail to complete the establishment of the mapping relationship, thereby avoiding negotiation failure and improving negotiation efficiency.
  • the second device can perform the mapping relationship between the received service identifier and the link according to the reason for remapping and its own situation. modify or replace. Likewise, the modified or replaced mapping relationship will not cause the first device to fail to complete the establishment of the mapping relationship, thereby avoiding negotiation failure and improving negotiation efficiency.
  • the first device and the second device can determine the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link through a limited number of negotiations, which improves the negotiation efficiency.
  • FIG. 12 is a third flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the method includes the following steps:
  • the first device generates a third frame.
  • the first device sends a third frame to the second device.
  • the second device receives the third frame sent by the first device.
  • the third frame is used to indicate a positive response or a negative response to the second frame. That is, it indicates whether the first device accepts the second mapping relationship, or indicates whether the second mapping relationship is successfully established.
  • the second device can determine whether the TID-to-link mapping is successfully established.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of the AP MLD and the STA MLD participating in the communication.
  • the 802.11 standard focuses on the 802.11 physical layer (PHY) and MAC layer parts in AP MLD and STA MLD.
  • PHY physical layer
  • the multiple APs included in the AP MLD are independent of each other at the low MAC (low MAC) layer and the PHY layer, and are also independent of each other at the high MAC (high MAC) layer.
  • the multiple STAs included in the STA MLD are independent of each other at the low MAC layer and PHY layer, and are also independent of each other at the high MAC layer.
  • multiple APs included in the AP MLD are independent of each other in the low MAC layer and the PHY layer, and share the high MAC layer.
  • Multiple STAs included in the STA MLD are independent of each other in the low MAC layer and the PHY layer, and share the high MAC layer.
  • the STA MLD may adopt a structure in which the high MAC layers are independent of each other, while the AP MLD adopts a structure shared by the high MAC layers.
  • the STA MLD adopts a structure in which the upper MAC layers are shared, and the AP MLD adopts a structure in which the higher MAC layers are independent of each other.
  • both the high MAC layer and the low MAC layer may be implemented by a processor in a system-on-a-chip of a multi-link device, and may also be implemented by different processing modules in a system-on-a-chip respectively.
  • the low MAC layer is independent, so that the low MAC layer of each STA or AP corresponds to its own link.
  • To transmit the management frame on the link is to send the management frame to the lower MAC layer corresponding to the link.
  • the management frame that needs to be sent to the lower MAC layer corresponding to the link will fail to be sent.
  • FIG. 14 is a fourth flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the method includes the following steps:
  • the first device sends a management frame and a target link identifier on the failed second link to the second device.
  • the second device receives the management frame and the target link identifier sent by the first device on the first link.
  • the management frame is a unicast management frame sent by the first device to a module in the second device, and the target link identifier is used to point to the module. Specifically, the target link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end multi-link device to forward the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier.
  • the module refers to a certain device in the MLD device. For example, an AP in the AP MLD. Another example is a certain STA in the STA MLD.
  • the first device also sends the reporting link identifier on the first link.
  • the link corresponding to the reporting link identifier is the first link for sending the management frame, and the reporting link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end MLD to send a response frame on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier.
  • the management frame includes a reporting link identifier (reporting link ID) and a destination link identifier (destination link ID).
  • the reporting link identifier includes a reporting link identifier, which is used to indicate the identifier of the link that actually sends the management frame.
  • the target link identifier includes the target link identifier, which is used to indicate the identifier of the final link to be forwarded to.
  • the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in an aggregated control (aggregated control, A-control) field of the MAC frame.
  • a new functional frame is defined, and the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame. Further, the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the newly defined function frame for transparent transmission.
  • the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the X element.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a transparently transmitted management frame.
  • the transparently transmitted management frame includes a management MPDU length (MMPDU length) field, a management MPDU frame control (MMPDU frame control) field, and a management MPDU frame body (MMPDU frame body) field.
  • MMPDU length management MPDU length
  • MMPDU frame control management MPDU frame control
  • MMPDU frame body management MPDU frame body
  • the second device determines to forward the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier according to the target link identifier.
  • the first device is an AP MLD
  • the second device is a STA MLD
  • the AP MLD needs to use link 2 to send a management frame to STA#2. It is assumed that the reporting link identifier corresponds to link 1, and the target link identifier corresponds to link 2.
  • the AP MLD uses link 1 to send a management frame to STA#1.
  • STA#1 determines that the target link identifier corresponds to link 2, that is, corresponds to STA#2, and forwards the received management frame to STA#2.
  • STA#1 may also send a response frame on the link 1 corresponding to the reporting link identifier according to the reporting link identifier, to notify the AP whether the MLD management frame is sent successfully.
  • the response frame includes an acknowledgment or a negative acknowledgment.
  • the management frame that should be sent can also be sent to the lower MAC layer corresponding to the failed or unreachable link, so as to avoid the failure of sending management frames.
  • the data transmission apparatus includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one functional module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules.
  • the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each function module corresponding to each function to illustrate:
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16 , the data transmission apparatus 1600 includes: a processing module 1601 and a communication module 1602 .
  • the processing module 1601 when the data transmission apparatus 1600 is used as the first device, the processing module 1601 is used to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S101 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform the step S101 in FIG. step S301.
  • the communication module 1602 is used for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S102 in FIG. 10 , and/or for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S202 in FIG. 11 , and/or for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform the step S202 in FIG. 12 .
  • the apparatus 1600 for supporting data transmission to perform step S401 in FIG. 14 when the data transmission apparatus 1600 is used as the first device, the processing module 1601 is used to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S101 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform the step S101 in FIG. step S301.
  • the communication module 1602 is used for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S102 in FIG. 10 , and/or for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform
  • the processing module 1601 is used to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S103 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform the diagram of Step S201 in 11, and/or the apparatus for supporting data transmission 1600 to perform step S402 in FIG. 14 .
  • the communication module 1602 is used for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S102 in FIG. 10 , and/or for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S202 in FIG. 11 , and/or for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform the step S202 in FIG. 12 . step S301.
  • the communication module 1602 may include a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices.
  • the sending module is used to send data to other devices.
  • the specific implementation manner of the communication module 1602 is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the data transmission apparatus 1600 shown in FIG. 16 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 16 ), and the storage module stores programs or instructions.
  • the processing module 1601 executes the program or instruction
  • the data transmission apparatus 1600 shown in FIG. 16 can execute the data transmission method shown in FIG. 10 , FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 or FIG. 14 .
  • the processing modules involved in the data transmission apparatus 1600 shown in FIG. 16 may be implemented by processors or processor-related circuit components, and may be processors or processing units.
  • the operations and/or functions of each module in the data transmission apparatus 1600 are respectively to implement the corresponding flow of the data transmission method shown in FIG. 10 , FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 or FIG.
  • FIG. 17 is a structural diagram of a possible product form of the data transmission device according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the data transmission apparatus described in this embodiment of the present application may be the above-mentioned first device, and the data transmission apparatus includes a processor 1701 and a transceiver 1702 .
  • the data transmission apparatus further includes a memory 1703 .
  • the processor 1701 is configured to support the data transmission apparatus to perform step S101 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission apparatus to perform step S301 in FIG. 12 .
  • the transceiver 1702 is configured to support the data transmission device to perform step S102 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission device to perform step S202 in FIG. 11 , and/or to support the data transmission device to perform step S302 in FIG. 12 , and/or the apparatus for supporting data transmission to perform step S401 in FIG. 14 .
  • the data transmission apparatus described in this embodiment of the present application may be the above-mentioned second device, and the data transmission apparatus includes a processor 1701 and a transceiver 1702 .
  • the data transmission apparatus further includes a memory 1703 .
  • the processor 1701 is configured to support the data transmission device to perform step S103 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission device to perform step S201 in FIG. 11 , and/or to support the data transmission device to perform step S402 in FIG. 14 .
  • the transceiver 1702 is used for supporting the data transmission device to perform step S102 in FIG. 10 , and/or for supporting the data transmission device to perform step S202 in FIG. 11 , and/or for supporting the data transmission device to perform step S301 in FIG. 12 .
  • the data transmission device described in the embodiments of the present application may also be implemented by a chip.
  • the chip includes: a processing circuit 1701 and a transceiver pin 1702 .
  • the chip may further include a memory 1703 .
  • the bus may include a path for transferring information between the components.
  • the above transceiver/transceiver pin 1702 is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the transceiver/transceiver pin may be a module, a circuit, a bus, an interface, a communication interface, or any other device capable of implementing a communication function, and is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the transceiver can be an independently set transmitter, and the transmitter can be used to send information to other devices, and the transceiver can also be an independently set receiver, used to receive information from other devices.
  • the transceiver may also be a component that integrates the functions of sending and receiving information, and the specific implementation of the transceiver is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the above-described memory 1703 may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DR RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the memory 1703 may exist independently, or may be integrated with the processor 1701 .
  • the data transmission apparatus described in the embodiments of the present application can also be implemented by using the following circuits or devices: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable A programmable logic device (PLD), controller, state machine, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • PLD programmable A programmable logic device
  • state machine gate logic
  • discrete hardware components any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: a processor, where the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the The chip system implements the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the number of processors in the chip system may be one or more.
  • the processor can be implemented by hardware or by software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor implemented by reading software codes stored in memory.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be provided on different chips.
  • the setting method of the processor is not particularly limited.
  • the system-on-chip may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), It can also be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller).
  • controller unit, MCU it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is made to perform the data transmission in the foregoing method embodiments. method.
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product including computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed on the computer, the computer can execute the data transmission method in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server Or the data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (eg coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or data storage devices including one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media, or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state drives), and the like.
  • the apparatuses and methods disclosed in the several embodiments provided in this application may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be Incorporation may either be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple different places . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, which are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a device (may be a single chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A data transmission method and apparatus, which relate to the technical field of communication. The data transmission method comprises: generating a first frame, wherein the first frame includes re-mapping reason information, and the re-mapping reason information is used for indicating a re-mapping reason; and sending the first frame. Reason information for establishing a mapping relationship between a service identifier and a link is carried in a radio frame, such that according to the reason information, a response-end device can quickly and accurately establish, with a request-end device, a mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link, thereby avoiding signaling overheads and time delay caused by repeated negotiation.

Description

数据传输方法及装置Data transmission method and device
本申请要求于2020年09月29日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202011058049.4、发明名称为“数据传输方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202011058049.4 and the invention titled "Data Transmission Method and Device" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on September 29, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及数据传输方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
随着无线通信技术的发展,越来越多的无线通信设备支持多链路通信。比如,支持在不同通信频段(例如2.4GHz,5GHz,6GHz等)的多条链路上进行通信,或者支持在同一通信频段的不同信道上进行通信,以提高通信设备的通信效率。其中,支持多链路通信的通信设备可以称之为多链路设备(multi link device,MLD)。多链路设备包括多链路接入点(access point,AP)和多链路站点(station,STA)。With the development of wireless communication technology, more and more wireless communication devices support multi-link communication. For example, it supports communication on multiple links in different communication frequency bands (eg, 2.4GHz, 5GHz, 6GHz, etc.), or supports communication on different channels in the same communication frequency band, so as to improve the communication efficiency of the communication device. Among them, a communication device that supports multi-link communication may be called a multi-link device (MLD). Multilink devices include multilink access points (access points, APs) and multilink stations (stations, STAs).
在多链路AP和多链路STA之间进行通信之前,需要建立多链路。在建立多链路的过程中,可以将业务标识(traffic identifier,TID)与链路之间建立映射关系。从而后续在多链路通信过程中,能够更好的进行业务管理。例如,根据不同链路的速率或业务时延特性,将不同的业务标识映射到对应的链路上,进而实现为不同的业务提供不同的服务质量。Before communication between a multi-link AP and a multi-link STA, a multi-link needs to be established. In the process of establishing a multi-link, a mapping relationship can be established between a traffic identifier (traffic identifier, TID) and a link. Therefore, in the subsequent multi-link communication process, service management can be better performed. For example, according to the rate or service delay characteristics of different links, different service identifiers are mapped to corresponding links, so as to provide different service qualities for different services.
在建立业务与链路之间映射关系的过程中,请求端设备(如多链路AP设备或多链路STA设备)会根据自身链路情况和/或业务需求,向响应端设备(如多链路AP设备或多链路STA设备)发送业务与链路之间的映射关系。但是,该映射关系可能不满足响应端设备需求,导致映射关系建立失败。In the process of establishing the mapping relationship between services and links, the requesting end device (such as a multi-link AP device or a multi-link STA device) will send a request to the responding end device (such as a multi-link STA device) according to its own link conditions and/or service requirements. A link AP device or a multi-link STA device) sends a mapping relationship between services and links. However, the mapping relationship may not meet the requirements of the responder device, resulting in failure to establish the mapping relationship.
可见,多链路AP和多链路STA之间需要多次协商,才能够成功建立业务与链路之间的映射关系。因此,如何快速有效的建立业务与链路之间的映射关系,是亟待解决的技术问题。It can be seen that multiple times of negotiation are required between the multi-link AP and the multi-link STA before the mapping relationship between services and links can be successfully established. Therefore, how to quickly and effectively establish a mapping relationship between services and links is an urgent technical problem to be solved.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种数据传输方法及装置,用于通过在无线帧中携带建立业务标识和链路之间映射关系的相关辅助信息,使得响应端设备能够根据相关辅助信息快速准确的建立和请求端设备之间的业务标识与链路的映射关系,避免反复协商造成的信令开销与时延。The present application provides a data transmission method and device, which are used for carrying relevant auxiliary information for establishing a mapping relationship between a service identifier and a link in a radio frame, so that a responder device can quickly and accurately establish and request a terminal according to the relevant auxiliary information. The mapping relationship between service identifiers and links between devices avoids signaling overhead and delay caused by repeated negotiation.
第一方面,提供一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:生成第一帧,第一帧包含重映射原因信息,重映射原因信息用于指示重映射原因。发送第一帧。A first aspect provides a data transmission method, the method comprising: generating a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate the remapping cause. Send the first frame.
其中,该方法可以由第一设备(比如多链路AP或多链路STA)执行,也可以由第一设备中的组件(比如芯片系统)执行。The method may be executed by a first device (such as a multi-link AP or a multi-link STA), or may be executed by a component in the first device (such as a chip system).
基于上述技术方案,第一设备将发起建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系的原因告知第二设备。如此,第二设备能够根据该原因建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系,从而避免建立的映射关系不满足第一设备要求,导致的TID-to-link mapping协商失败,提高TID-to-link mapping协商效率。Based on the above technical solution, the first device notifies the second device of the reason for initiating establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link. In this way, the second device can establish the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link according to the reason, thereby avoiding the established mapping relationship that does not meet the requirements of the first device, resulting in failure of TID-to-link mapping negotiation, and improving TID-to-link mapping. Link mapping negotiation efficiency.
在一种可能的实现方式中,重映射原因信息承载在以下一个或几个字段中:允许开启的最大链路数字段,关闭链路集合信息字段,链路质量报告信息字段,业务质量QoS报告信息字段;其中,允许开启的最大链路数子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数量;关闭链路集合信息字段用于指示需要关闭的链路集合;链路质量报告信息字段用于指示链路质量信息;QoS报告信息字段用于指示业务质量信息。In a possible implementation manner, the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the service quality QoS report Information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed; the link quality report information field is used to indicate the chain Road quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
可选的,链路质量信息例如包括下一项或几项内容:接收信号强度指示RSSI值,信干噪比SINR值,RSSI是否满足第一条件的指示信息,SINR是否满足第二条件的指示信息。Optionally, the link quality information includes, for example, the following item or items: RSSI value of received signal strength indication, SINR value of signal-to-interference and noise ratio, indication information of whether RSSI satisfies the first condition, and indication of whether SINR satisfies the second condition information.
可选的,业务质量信息例如包括QoS值,或者QoS是否满足第三条件的指示信息。Optionally, the service quality information includes, for example, a QoS value, or indication information of whether the QoS satisfies the third condition.
如此,将不同的重映射原因承载在不同的字段中,响应端设备接收到第一帧后,能够在相应的字段中获得对应的重映射原因。In this way, different remapping reasons are carried in different fields, and after receiving the first frame, the responder device can obtain the corresponding remapping reasons in the corresponding fields.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在控制字段中,控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段。其中,第一子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一子字段和/或第二子字段用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield. Wherein, the first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame. The first subfield and/or the second subfield are used to indicate whether the down link set information field is present in the first frame. The third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field is present in the first frame. The fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
如此,通过第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段指示第一帧中包含的重映射原因信息。响应端设备根据指示,能够在对应的字段中获取重映射原因,实现TID-to-link mapping的快速协商。In this way, the remapping cause information contained in the first frame is indicated by the first subfield, the second subfield, the third subfield and the fourth subfield. According to the instruction, the responder device can obtain the remapping reason in the corresponding field to realize the rapid negotiation of TID-to-link mapping.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在重映射原因字段中,重映射原因字段的第一取值和/或第二取值,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the remapping cause field, and the first value and/or the second value of the remapping cause field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame. The third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在控制字段和重映射原因字段中,控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段。其中,第一子字段和重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一子字段,第二子字段,重映射原因字段的第一取值,重映射原因字段的第二取值中的一项或几项内容,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段和重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示接收信号强度指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段和重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield. Wherein, the first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame. The first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the in the first frame. The third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the RSSI link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
如此,通过第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段,第四子字段,以及重映射原因字段的指示,双重确认,进而确定第一帧中是否包含关闭链路集合信息字段,和/或链路质量报告信息字段,和/或QoS报告信息字段,提高重映射原因信息传输的准确 率。In this way, through the first subfield, the second subfield, the third subfield, the fourth subfield, and the indication of the remapping reason field, double acknowledgment, and then determine whether the first frame contains the closed link set information field, and /or link quality report information field, and/or QoS report information field, to improve the transmission accuracy of remapping cause information.
可以理解的是,控制字段和重映射原因字段中承载的重映射原因信息不冲突,才能够实现传输有效的重映射原因。It can be understood that the effective remapping cause can be transmitted only when the remapping cause information carried in the control field and the remapping cause field does not conflict.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第二帧,第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息,该第二业务标识映射信息是基于重映射原因,第二业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a second frame, where the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information It is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
具体的,第二设备基于第一重映射原因,并结合自身的一些考虑因素,如对链路传输速率的需求等,确定业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系,生成第二帧。Specifically, the second device determines the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link based on the first remapping reason and some of its own considerations, such as the requirement for the link transmission rate, to generate the second frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二业务标识映射信息承载在业务标识与链路映射信息字段中,业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用链路的标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第五取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第六取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第七取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第八取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第九取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第十一取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识的比特位图和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十二取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第十三取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the second service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field are used to utilize the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link Indicates the second mapping relationship. Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the correspondence between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier. Or, the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link. Indicates the second mapping relationship; the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier. Or, the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link. Indicate the second mapping relationship; the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second mapping relationship; the fifth subfield indicates the second mapping relationship; The ninth value of the field is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier. Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Indicate the second mapping relationship; the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the second mapping relationship . Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field utilize the bitmap of the link identifier and the service identifier. The corresponding relationship indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identification and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identification to indicate the second. Mapping relations.
如此,通过上述6种方式中的任一种方式,灵活的实现传输业务标识映射信息,从而使得响应端设备,能够快速获知业务标识与链路之间的映射关系,完成TID-to-link mapping协商。In this way, through any of the above six methods, the transmission of service identification mapping information can be flexibly realized, so that the responding end device can quickly learn the mapping relationship between the service identification and the link, and complete the TID-to-link mapping. negotiate.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二业务标识映射信息中还携带业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系的方向。In a possible implementation manner, the second service identifier mapping information also carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
可选的,控制字段中还包括业务标识方向子字段,用于指示业务标识的方向。比如,若业务标识方向子字段,占用1个比特,用于指示TID是单向还是双向。其中,单向指示的方向与发送第一帧的设备相应的TID方向相同。双向包括上行方向和下行方向。又比如,若业务标识方向子字段,占用2个比特,用于指示TID是上行方向,下行方向或双向。如10表示上行方向,01表示下行方向,11表示双向,00为保留值 (reserved value)。Optionally, the control field further includes a service identification direction subfield, which is used to indicate the direction of the service identification. For example, if the service identification direction subfield occupies 1 bit, it is used to indicate whether the TID is unidirectional or bidirectional. The direction of the one-way indication is the same as the TID direction corresponding to the device sending the first frame. Bidirectional includes the upstream direction and the downstream direction. For another example, if the service identification direction subfield occupies 2 bits, it is used to indicate whether the TID is an uplink direction, a downlink direction or bidirectional. For example, 10 indicates the upstream direction, 01 indicates the downstream direction, 11 indicates the bidirectional direction, and 00 is the reserved value.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送第三帧,第三帧用于指示对第二帧的肯定应答或否定应答。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending a third frame, where the third frame is used to indicate a positive response or a negative response to the second frame.
也就是说,第三帧表示第一设备是否接受第二映射关系,或者表示第二映射关系是否建立成功。That is to say, the third frame indicates whether the first device accepts the second mapping relationship, or indicates whether the second mapping relationship is successfully established.
如此,第二设备在接收到第三帧后,能够确定TID-to-link mapping是否建立成功。In this way, after receiving the third frame, the second device can determine whether the TID-to-link mapping is successfully established.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中还包含第一业务标识映射信息,第一业务标识映射信息是基于重映射原因,第一业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第一映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, the first service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the relationship between the service identifier and the link The first mapping relationship of .
可选的,第一设备可以根据重映射原因,首先确定一组业务标识与链路的映射关系。那么后续,第二设备可以选择接受,修改或更换该映射关系,提高协商效率。Optionally, the first device may first determine a mapping relationship between a set of service identifiers and links according to the remapping reason. Then, subsequently, the second device may choose to accept, modify or replace the mapping relationship to improve negotiation efficiency.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:第二帧中还携带状态码,状态码用于指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系是否建立成功。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the second frame also carries a status code, where the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若业务标识与链路之间的映射关系建立失败,该状态码中携带建立失败的原因。In a possible implementation manner, if the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link fails, the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
如此,第一设备能够根据状态码,确定业务标识与链路之间的映射关系是否建立成功。进一步的,若建立失败,确定是否接受第二业务标识映射信息。In this way, the first device can determine whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established according to the status code. Further, if the establishment fails, it is determined whether to accept the second service identifier mapping information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中还携带重映射模式,重映射模式包括立即重映射模式或延时重映射模式。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame also carries a remapping mode, and the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
其中,立即重映射模式是指在业务标识与链路的映射关系协商成功后,立即按照协商的TID-to-link mapping进行重映射。延时重映射模式是指在业务标识与链路的映射关系协商成功后,等待一段时间后按照协商的TID-to-link mapping进行重映射。The immediate remapping mode means that after the negotiation of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successful, remapping is performed immediately according to the negotiated TID-to-link mapping. Delayed remapping mode means that after the negotiation of the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link is successful, remapping is performed according to the negotiated TID-to-link mapping after waiting for a period of time.
具体的,对于某些能力较弱的设备,可能无法立即将一条链路上的协议数据单元(MAC protocol data unit MAC,MPDU)移动至另一条链路上进行传输,即无法立即执行重映射。因此,需要预置等待时间。相应的,在第一帧中还可以通过重映射时延定时器字段来指示等待的时长,以便顺利完成重映射。Specifically, for some devices with weak capabilities, it may not be possible to immediately move a protocol data unit (MAC protocol data unit MAC, MPDU) on one link to another link for transmission, that is, remapping cannot be performed immediately. Therefore, a preset waiting time is required. Correspondingly, in the first frame, the waiting period may also be indicated by the remapping delay timer field, so as to successfully complete the remapping.
第二方面,提供一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:接收第一帧,第一帧包含重映射原因信息,重映射原因信息用于指示重映射原因。解析第一帧。In a second aspect, a data transmission method is provided, the method comprising: receiving a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate the remapping cause. Parse the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,重映射原因信息承载在以下一个或几个字段中:允许开启的最大链路数字段,关闭链路集合信息字段,链路质量报告信息字段,业务质量QoS报告信息字段;其中,允许开启的最大链路数子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数量;关闭链路集合信息字段用于指示需要关闭的链路集合;链路质量报告信息字段用于指示链路质量信息;QoS报告信息字段用于指示业务质量信息。In a possible implementation manner, the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the service quality QoS report Information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed; the link quality report information field is used to indicate the chain Road quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在控制字段中,控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段。其中,第一子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一子字段和/或第二子字段用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否 出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield. Wherein, the first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame. The first subfield and/or the second subfield are used to indicate whether the down link set information field is present in the first frame. The third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field is present in the first frame. The fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在重映射原因字段中。其中,重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第一取值和/或第二取值,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the remapping reason field. The first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame. The first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame. The third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在控制字段和重映射原因字段中,控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段。其中,第一子字段和重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一子字段,第二子字段,重映射原因字段的第一取值,重映射原因字段的第二取值中的一项或几项内容,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段和重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段和重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield. Wherein, the first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame. The first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the in the first frame. The third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:生成第二帧,第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息,第二业务标识映射信息是基于重映射原因,第二业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系。发送第二帧。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: generating a second frame, where the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information uses is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link. Send the second frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二业务标识映射信息承载在业务标识与链路映射信息字段中,业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用链路的标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第五取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第六取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第七取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第八取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第九取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第十一取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识的比特位图和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十二取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第 十三取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the second service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field are used to utilize the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link Indicates the second mapping relationship. Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the correspondence between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier. Or, the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link. Indicates the second mapping relationship; the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier. Or, the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link. Indicate the second mapping relationship; the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second mapping relationship; the fifth subfield indicates the second mapping relationship; The ninth value of the field is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier. Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Indicate the second mapping relationship; the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the second mapping relationship . Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field utilize the bitmap of the link identifier and the service identifier. The corresponding relationship indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identification and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identification to indicate the second. Mapping relations.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二业务标识映射信息中还携带业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系的方向。In a possible implementation manner, the second service identifier mapping information also carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第三帧,第三帧用于指示对第二帧的肯定应答或否定应答。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a third frame, where the third frame is used to indicate an affirmative acknowledgment or a negative acknowledgment to the second frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中还包含第一业务标识映射信息,第一业务标识映射信息是基于重映射原因,第一业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第一映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, the first service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the relationship between the service identifier and the link The first mapping relationship of .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:第二帧中还携带状态码,状态码用于指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系是否建立成功。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the second frame also carries a status code, where the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若业务标识与链路之间的映射关系建立失败,状态码中携带建立失败的原因。In a possible implementation manner, if the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link fails, the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中还携带重映射模式,重映射模式包括立即重映射模式或延时重映射模式。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame also carries a remapping mode, and the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
此外,第二方面的数据传输方法的技术效果可以参考第一方面的数据传输方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the data transmission method of the second aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the data transmission method of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三方面,提供一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:在第一链路上发送失效的第二链路上的管理帧和目标链路标识,目标链路标识用于指示接收端多链路设备MLD将接收到的管理帧转发至目标链路标识对应的模块。In a third aspect, a data transmission method is provided, the method comprising: sending, on a first link, a management frame on a failed second link and a target link identifier, where the target link identifier is used to indicate a receiving end multi-link The device MLD forwards the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier.
其中,管理帧为第一设备发送给第二设备中某一模块的单播管理帧,目标链路标识用于指向该模块。模块是指MLD设备中的某一设备。比如,AP MLD中的某一AP。又比如,STA MLD中的某一STA。The management frame is a unicast management frame sent by the first device to a module in the second device, and the target link identifier is used to point to the module. A module refers to a device in an MLD device. For example, an AP in the AP MLD. Another example is a certain STA in the STA MLD.
基于上述技术方案,利用目标链路标识,在某些链路失效或不可达的情况下,也能够将应该发送的管理帧,发送至失效或不可达的链路对应的低MAC层,避免管理帧发送失败。Based on the above technical solution, using the target link identifier, in the case of some links failure or unreachable, the management frame that should be sent can also be sent to the lower MAC layer corresponding to the failed or unreachable link, avoiding management Frame transmission failed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:在第一链路上发送汇报链路标识,汇报链路标识用于指示接收端MLD在汇报链路标识对应的第一链路上发送响应帧。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending a reporting link identifier on the first link, where the reporting link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end MLD to send a response on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标链路标识和汇报链路标识携带在MAC帧的聚合控制A-control字段中。In a possible implementation manner, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
示例性的,管理帧包括汇报链路标识符(reporting link ID)和目标链路标识符(destination link ID)。其中,汇报链路标识符包括汇报链路标识,用于指示实际发送该管理帧的链路的标识。目标链路标识符包括目标链路标识,用于指示需要转发到的最终链路的标识。Exemplarily, the management frame includes a reporting link identifier (reporting link ID) and a destination link identifier (destination link ID). The reporting link identifier includes a reporting link identifier, which is used to indicate the identifier of the link that actually sends the management frame. The target link identifier includes the target link identifier, which is used to indicate the identifier of the final link to be forwarded to.
在一种可能的实现方式中,管理帧,目标链路标识以及汇报链路标识携带在功能帧的帧体中。In a possible implementation manner, the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
可选的,定义一种新的功能帧,在功能帧中携带透传的管理帧,目标链路标识以及汇报链路标识。Optionally, a new function frame is defined, and the function frame carries the transparently transmitted management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier.
第四方面,提供一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:在第一链路上接收失效的第二 链路上的管理帧和目标链路标识。根据目标链路标识,确定将接收到的管理帧转发至目标链路标识对应的模块。In a fourth aspect, a data transmission method is provided, the method comprising: receiving, on the first link, a management frame and a target link identifier on a failed second link. According to the target link identifier, it is determined to forward the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一链路上接收汇报链路标识,汇报链路标识用于指示在汇报链路标识对应的第一链路上发送响应帧。In a possible implementation manner, the reporting link identifier is received on the first link, and the reporting link identifier is used to indicate that the response frame is sent on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标链路标识和汇报链路标识携带在MAC帧的聚合控制A-control字段中。In a possible implementation manner, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,管理帧,目标链路标识以及汇报链路标识携带在功能帧的帧体中。In a possible implementation manner, the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
此外,第四方面的数据传输方法的技术效果可以参考第三方面的数据传输方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the data transmission method of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the data transmission method of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第五方面,提供一种数据传输装置,包括处理模块和通信模块。其中,处理模块,用于生成第一帧,第一帧包含重映射原因信息,重映射原因信息用于指示重映射原因。通信模块,用于发送第一帧。In a fifth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, including a processing module and a communication module. The processing module is configured to generate a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate the remapping cause. The communication module is used to send the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,重映射原因信息承载在以下一个或几个字段中:允许开启的最大链路数字段,关闭链路集合信息字段,链路质量报告信息字段,业务质量QoS报告信息字段;其中,允许开启的最大链路数子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数量;关闭链路集合信息字段用于指示需要关闭的链路集合;链路质量报告信息字段用于指示链路质量信息;QoS报告信息字段用于指示业务质量信息。In a possible implementation manner, the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the service quality QoS report Information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed; the link quality report information field is used to indicate the chain Road quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在控制字段中,控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段。其中,第一子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一子字段和/或第二子字段用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield. Wherein, the first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame. The first subfield and/or the second subfield are used to indicate whether the down link set information field is present in the first frame. The third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field is present in the first frame. The fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在重映射原因字段中。其中,重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第一取值和/或第二取值,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the remapping reason field. The first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame. The first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame. The third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在控制字段和重映射原因字段中,控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段。其中,第一子字段和重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一子字段,第二子字段,重映射原因字段的第一取值,重映射原因字段的第二取值中的一项或几项内容,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段和重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示链路质量报告 信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段和重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield. Wherein, the first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame. The first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the in the first frame. The third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信模块,还用于接收第二帧,第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息,第二业务标识映射信息是基于重映射原因,第二业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to receive a second frame, where the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information It is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二业务标识映射信息承载在业务标识与链路映射信息字段中,业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用链路的标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第五取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第六取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第七取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第八取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第九取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第十一取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识的比特位图和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十二取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第十三取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the second service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field are used to utilize the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link Indicates the second mapping relationship. Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the correspondence between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier. Or, the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link. Indicates the second mapping relationship; the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier. Or, the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link. Indicate the second mapping relationship; the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second mapping relationship; the fifth subfield indicates the second mapping relationship; The ninth value of the field is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier. Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Indicate the second mapping relationship; the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the second mapping relationship . Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field utilize the bitmap of the link identifier and the service identifier. The corresponding relationship indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identification and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identification to indicate the second. Mapping relations.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二业务标识映射信息中还携带业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系的方向。In a possible implementation manner, the second service identifier mapping information also carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信模块,还用于发送第三帧,该第三帧用于指示对第二帧的肯定应答或否定应答。In a possible implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to send a third frame, where the third frame is used to indicate a positive response or a negative response to the second frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中还包含第一业务标识映射信息,第一业务标识映射信息是基于重映射原因,第一业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第一映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, the first service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the relationship between the service identifier and the link The first mapping relationship of .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:第二帧中还携带状态码,该状态码用于指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系是否建立成功。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the second frame also carries a status code, where the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若业务标识与链路之间的映射关系建立失败,该状态码中携带建立失败的原因。In a possible implementation manner, if the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link fails, the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中还携带重映射模式,重映射模式包括立即重映射模式或延时重映射模式。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame also carries a remapping mode, and the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
可选的,通信模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,接收模块用于接收其他设备发送的数据。发送模块用于向其他设备发送数据。本申请实施例对通信模块的具体实现方式,不做具体限定。Optionally, the communication module may include a receiving module and a sending module. Among them, the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices. The sending module is used to send data to other devices. The specific implementation manner of the communication module is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,第五方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得第五方面所述的数据传输装置可以执行第一方面所述的数据传输方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the fifth aspect may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or the instruction, the data transmission apparatus described in the fifth aspect can execute the data transmission method described in the first aspect.
需要说明的是,第五方面所述的数据传输装置可以是AP或STA,也可以是设置于AP或STA中的芯片或芯片系统,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the data transmission device described in the fifth aspect may be an AP or a STA, or may be a chip or a chip system provided in the AP or STA, which is not limited in this application.
第五方面所述的数据传输装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的数据传输方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effect of the data transmission apparatus described in the fifth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the data transmission method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第六方面,提供一种数据传输装置,包括处理模块和通信模块。其中,通信模块,用于接收第一帧,该第一帧包含重映射原因信息,重映射原因信息用于指示重映射原因。处理模块,用于解析第一帧。In a sixth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, including a processing module and a communication module. The communication module is configured to receive a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate the remapping cause. Processing module for parsing the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,重映射原因信息承载在以下一个或几个字段中:允许开启的最大链路数字段,关闭链路集合信息字段,链路质量报告信息字段,业务质量QoS报告信息字段;其中,允许开启的最大链路数子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数量;关闭链路集合信息字段用于指示需要关闭的链路集合;链路质量报告信息字段用于指示链路质量信息;QoS报告信息字段用于指示业务质量信息。In a possible implementation manner, the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the service quality QoS report Information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed; the link quality report information field is used to indicate the chain Road quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在控制字段中,控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段。其中,第一子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一子字段和/或第二子字段用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield. Wherein, the first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame. The first subfield and/or the second subfield are used to indicate whether the down link set information field is present in the first frame. The third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field is present in the first frame. The fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在重映射原因字段中。其中,重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第一取值和/或第二取值,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the remapping reason field. The first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame. The first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame. The third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息承载在控制字段和重映射原因字段中,控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段。其中,第一子字段和重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一子字段,第二子字段,重映射原因字段的第一取值,重映射原因字段的第二取值中的一项或几项内容,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段和重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示链路质量报告 信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段和重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield. Wherein, the first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame. The first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the in the first frame. The third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,还用于生成第二帧,第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息,第二业务标识映射信息是基于重映射原因,第二业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系。通信模块,还用于发送第二帧。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module is further configured to generate a second frame, where the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information It is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link. The communication module is also used for sending the second frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二业务标识映射信息承载在业务标识与链路映射信息字段中,业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用链路的标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第五取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第六取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第七取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第八取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第九取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第十一取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识的比特位图和链路的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。或者,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十二取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系;第五子字段的第十三取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示第二映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the second service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field are used to utilize the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link Indicates the second mapping relationship. Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the correspondence between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier. Or, the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link. Indicates the second mapping relationship; the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier. Or, the service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the service identification and the link mapping information field using the service identification and the bitmap of the link. Indicate the second mapping relationship; the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second mapping relationship; the fifth subfield indicates the second mapping relationship; The ninth value of the field is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier. Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Indicate the second mapping relationship; the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the second mapping relationship . Alternatively, the service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field utilize the bitmap of the link identifier and the service identifier. The corresponding relationship indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the second. Mapping relations.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二业务标识映射信息中还携带业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系的方向。In a possible implementation manner, the second service identifier mapping information also carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信模块,还用于接收第三帧,第三帧用于指示对第二帧的肯定应答或否定应答。In a possible implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to receive a third frame, where the third frame is used to indicate a positive response or a negative response to the second frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中还包含第一业务标识映射信息,第一业务标识映射信息是基于重映射原因,第一业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第一映射关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, the first service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the relationship between the service identifier and the link The first mapping relationship of .
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二帧中还携带状态码,状态码用于指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系是否建立成功。In a possible implementation manner, the second frame also carries a status code, and the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若业务标识与链路之间的映射关系建立失败,状态码中携带建立失败的原因。In a possible implementation manner, if the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link fails, the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧中还携带重映射模式,重映射模式包括立即重映射模式或延时重映射模式。In a possible implementation manner, the first frame also carries a remapping mode, and the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
可选的,通信模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,接收模块用于接收其他设备发送的数据。发送模块用于向其他设备发送数据。本申请实施例对通信模块的具体实现方式,不做具体限定。Optionally, the communication module may include a receiving module and a sending module. Among them, the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices. The sending module is used to send data to other devices. The specific implementation manner of the communication module is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,第六方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得第六方面所述的数据传输装置可以执行第二方面所述的数据传输方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the sixth aspect may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the data transmission apparatus described in the sixth aspect can execute the data transmission method described in the second aspect.
需要说明的是,第六方面所述的数据传输装置可以是AP或STA,也可以是设置于AP或STA中的芯片或芯片系统,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the data transmission device described in the sixth aspect may be an AP or a STA, or a chip or a chip system provided in the AP or STA, which is not limited in this application.
第六方面所述的数据传输装置的技术效果可以参考第二方面所述的数据传输方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effect of the data transmission apparatus described in the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the data transmission method described in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第七方面,提供一种数据传输装置,包括通信模块。其中,通信模块,用于在第一链路上发送失效的第二链路上的管理帧和目标链路标识,目标链路标识用于指示接收端多链路设备MLD将接收到的管理帧转发至目标链路标识对应的模块。In a seventh aspect, a data transmission device is provided, including a communication module. Wherein, the communication module is used to send the management frame on the failed second link and the target link identifier on the first link, and the target link identifier is used to indicate the management frame to be received by the multi-link device MLD at the receiving end Forward to the module corresponding to the target link ID.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信模块,还用于在第一链路上发送汇报链路标识,汇报链路标识用于指示接收端MLD在汇报链路标识对应的第一链路上发送响应帧。In a possible implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to send a reporting link identifier on the first link, where the reporting link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end MLD to send on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier response frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标链路标识和汇报链路标识携带在MAC帧的聚合控制A-control字段中。In a possible implementation manner, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,管理帧,目标链路标识以及汇报链路标识携带在功能帧的帧体中。In a possible implementation manner, the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
可选的,通信模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,接收模块用于接收其他设备发送的数据。发送模块用于向其他设备发送数据。本申请实施例对通信模块的具体实现方式,不做具体限定。Optionally, the communication module may include a receiving module and a sending module. Among them, the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices. The sending module is used to send data to other devices. The specific implementation manner of the communication module is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,第七方面所述的通信装置还可以包括处理模块和存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得第七方面所述的数据传输装置可以执行第三方面所述的数据传输方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the seventh aspect may further include a processing module and a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or the instruction, the data transmission apparatus described in the seventh aspect can execute the data transmission method described in the third aspect.
需要说明的是,第七方面所述的数据传输装置可以是AP或STA,也可以是设置于AP或STA中的芯片或芯片系统,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the data transmission device described in the seventh aspect may be an AP or a STA, or may be a chip or a chip system provided in the AP or STA, which is not limited in this application.
第七方面所述的数据传输装置的技术效果可以参考第三方面所述的数据传输方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effect of the data transmission apparatus described in the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the data transmission method described in the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第八方面,提供一种数据传输装置,包括处理模块和通信模块。通信模块,用于在第一链路上接收失效的第二链路上的管理帧和目标链路标识。处理模块,用于根据目标链路标识,确定将接收到的管理帧转发至目标链路标识对应的模块。In an eighth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, including a processing module and a communication module. The communication module is configured to receive, on the first link, the management frame and the target link identifier on the failed second link. The processing module is configured to determine, according to the target link identifier, to forward the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信模块,还用于在第一链路上接收汇报链路标识,汇报链路标识用于指示在汇报链路标识对应的第一链路上发送响应帧。In a possible implementation manner, the communication module is further configured to receive a reporting link identifier on the first link, where the reporting link identifier is used to indicate that the response frame is sent on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标链路标识和汇报链路标识携带在MAC帧的聚合控制A-control字段中。In a possible implementation manner, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,管理帧携,目标链路标识以及汇报链路标识带在功能帧的帧体中。In a possible implementation manner, the management frame carries, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
可选的,通信模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,接收模块用于接收其他 设备发送的数据。发送模块用于向其他设备发送数据。本申请实施例对通信模块的具体实现方式,不做具体限定。Optionally, the communication module may include a receiving module and a sending module. Among them, the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices. The sending module is used to send data to other devices. The specific implementation manner of the communication module is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,第八方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得第八方面所述的数据传输装置可以执行第四方面所述的数据传输方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the eighth aspect may further include a storage module, where the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the processing module executes the program or the instruction, the data transmission apparatus described in the eighth aspect can execute the data transmission method described in the fourth aspect.
需要说明的是,第八方面所述的数据传输装置可以是AP或STA,也可以是设置于AP或STA中的芯片或芯片系统,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the data transmission device described in the eighth aspect may be an AP or a STA, or a chip or a chip system provided in the AP or STA, which is not limited in this application.
第八方面所述的数据传输装置的技术效果可以参考第四方面所述的数据传输方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effect of the data transmission apparatus described in the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the data transmission method described in the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第九方面,提供一种数据传输装置,所述数据传输装置包括处理器和收发器,处理器和收发器用于实现上述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面提供的任意一种方法。其中,处理器用于执行相应方法中的处理动作,收发器用于执行相应方法中的接收/发送的动作。In a ninth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, the data transmission device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are used to implement any one of the methods provided in any one of the first to fourth aspects above. Wherein, the processor is configured to perform processing actions in the corresponding method, and the transceiver is configured to perform the actions of receiving/transmitting in the corresponding method.
第十方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第四方面中任一方面提供的任意一种方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer executes the functions provided in any one of the first to fourth aspects. any method.
第十一方面,提供一种包含计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第四方面中任一方面提供的任意一种方法。An eleventh aspect provides a computer program product comprising computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform any one of the methods provided in any one of the first to fourth aspects.
第十二方面,提供一种芯片,包括:处理电路和收发管脚,处理电路和收发管脚用于实现上述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面提供的任意一种方法。其中,处理电路用于执行相应方法中的处理动作,收发管脚用于执行相应方法中的接收/发送的动作。A twelfth aspect provides a chip, comprising: a processing circuit and a transceiver pin, where the processing circuit and the transceiver pin are used to implement any one of the methods provided in any one of the foregoing first to fourth aspects. Wherein, the processing circuit is used for executing the processing actions in the corresponding method, and the transceiver pins are used for executing the actions of receiving/transmitting in the corresponding method.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的通信系统示意图一;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的通信系统示意图二;FIG. 2 is a second schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的多链路信息单元的帧结构的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a multi-link information unit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的目标醒来时间单元的帧结构的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a target wake-up time unit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的第一帧的帧格式示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a frame format of a first frame provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的业务标识与链路映射信息字段的帧结构的示意图一;6 is a schematic diagram 1 of a frame structure of a service identifier and a link mapping information field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的业务标识与链路映射信息字段的帧结构的示意图二;7 is a schematic diagram 2 of a frame structure of a service identifier and a link mapping information field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的业务标识与链路映射信息字段的帧结构的示意图三;8 is a schematic diagram 3 of a frame structure of a service identifier and a link mapping information field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的业务标识与链路映射信息字段的帧结构的示意图四;9 is a fourth schematic diagram of a frame structure of a service identifier and a link mapping information field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法流程示意图一;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法流程示意图二;FIG. 11 is a second schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法流程示意图三;FIG. 12 is a third schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的参与通信的AP MLD和STA MLD的结构示意图;13 is a schematic structural diagram of an AP MLD and a STA MLD participating in communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法流程示意图四;FIG. 14 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的透传的管理帧的帧格式的示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of a frame format of a transparently transmitted management frame provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输装置的结构示意图;16 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输装置的结构示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another data transmission apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示“或”的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B。本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。此外,“至少一个”是指一个或多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In the description of this application, unless otherwise stated, "/" means "or", for example, A/B can mean A or B. In this article, "and/or" is only an association relationship to describe the associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone these three situations. Further, "at least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. The words "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words "first", "second" and the like do not limit certain differences.
本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In this application, the words "exemplary" or "such as" are used to mean serving as an example, illustration, or illustration. Any embodiment or design described in this application as "exemplary" or "such as" should not be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the related concepts in a specific manner.
首先,如下表1所示,介绍本申请所涉及的术语的缩略语。First, as shown in Table 1 below, the abbreviations of the terms involved in this application are introduced.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000002
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统示意图。例如该通信系统采用IEEE 802.11标准的系统。示例性的,IEEE 802.11标准包括但不限于:802.11be标准、或者更下一代的802.11标准。本申请的技术方案适用的场景包括:AP与STA之间的通信、AP与AP之间的通信、以及STA与STA之间的通信等。如图1所示,该通信系统包括至少一个多链路AP 100和至少一个多链路STA 200。例如,多链路STA 200包括多链路STA 1,多链路STA 2和多链路STA 3。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. For example, the communication system adopts a system of the IEEE 802.11 standard. Exemplarily, the IEEE 802.11 standard includes, but is not limited to, the 802.11be standard, or the next-generation 802.11 standard. The applicable scenarios of the technical solution of the present application include: communication between AP and STA, communication between AP and AP, and communication between STA and STA. As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system includes at least one multi-link AP 100 and at least one multi-link STA 200. For example, multi-link STA 200 includes multi-link STA 1, multi-link STA 2 and multi-link STA 3.
可选的,本申请实施例涉及到的STA可以是各种具有无线通信功能的用户终端、用户装置,接入装置,用户站,用户单元,移动站,用户代理,用户装备或其他名称,其中,用户终端可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的用户设备(user equipment,UE),移动台(mobile station,MS),终端(terminal),终端设备(terminal equipment),便携式通信设备,手持机,便携式计算设备,娱乐设备,游戏设备或系统,全球定位系统设备或被配置为经由无线介质进行网络通信的任何其他合适的设备等。在此,为了描述方便,上面提到的设备统称为站点,或者STA,或者多链路STA,或者多链路STA设备,或者STA MLD,或者非接入点站点(non-access point station,non-AP STA),或者non-AP MLD。Optionally, the STA involved in this embodiment of the present application may be various user terminals, user devices, access devices, user stations, user units, mobile stations, user agents, user equipment or other names with wireless communication functions, wherein , the user terminal may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to the wireless modem, as well as various forms of user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal), terminal equipment (terminal equipment), portable communication device, hand-held, portable computing device, entertainment device, gaming device or system, global positioning system device or is configured to communicate via a wireless medium Any other suitable device for network communication, etc. Here, for the convenience of description, the devices mentioned above are collectively referred to as stations, or STAs, or multi-link STAs, or multi-link STA devices, or STA MLDs, or non-access point stations (non-access point stations, non-access point stations) -AP STA), or non-AP MLD.
可选的,本申请实施例所涉及到的接入点AP是一种部署在无线通信网络中为其关联的STA提供无线通信功能的装置,该接入点AP可用作该通信系统的中枢,可以为基站、路由器、网关、中继器,通信服务器,交换机或网桥等通信设备,其中,所述基站可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站,中继站等。在此,为了描述方便,上面提到的设备统称为接入点AP,或者多链路AP,或者多链路AP设备,或者AP MLD。Optionally, the access point AP involved in this embodiment of the present application is a device deployed in a wireless communication network to provide a wireless communication function for its associated STA, and the access point AP can be used as the center of the communication system. , which can be communication devices such as base stations, routers, gateways, repeaters, communication servers, switches, or bridges, where the base stations can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, and relay stations. Here, for the convenience of description, the devices mentioned above are collectively referred to as access point AP, or multi-link AP, or multi-link AP device, or AP MLD.
为了便于理解,下面先对本申请实施例可能涉及的相关术语和概念进行介绍。For ease of understanding, related terms and concepts that may be involved in the embodiments of the present application are first introduced below.
1)多链路通信1) Multi-link communication
在蜂窝网和WLAN的发展演进过程中,MLD能够通过多条链路发送数据和接收数据。多链路可以部署在多频段(multi-band)上,其中,一个频段上可以有一条或多条链路。多频段可以包括但不限于如下频段:2.4GHz的Wi-Fi频段、5GHz的Wi-Fi频段、6GHz的Wi-Fi频段。并且,MLD可以在同一频段上通过多个信道进行通信。该多频段或多信道可以统称为多链路。通过多链路通信的方式提高峰值吞吐量,降低业务传输的时延,进而提高MLD之间通信的速率。During the evolution of cellular networks and WLANs, MLDs can transmit and receive data through multiple links. Multilinks can be deployed on multi-bands, where there can be one or more links on a band. The multiple frequency bands may include, but are not limited to, the following frequency bands: a 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequency band, a 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequency band, and a 6 GHz Wi-Fi frequency band. Also, MLD can communicate over multiple channels on the same frequency band. The multiple frequency bands or multiple channels may be collectively referred to as multiple links. Through multi-link communication, the peak throughput is increased, the delay of service transmission is reduced, and the communication rate between MLDs is improved.
示例性的,如图2所示,多链路AP包括M个AP,例如AP#1~AP#M。M个AP与多链路AP支持的M个链路一一对应。多链路STA可以包括N个STA,例如STA#1~STA#N。N个STA与多链路STA支持的N个链路一一对应。其中,M、N均为大于1的整数。M可以等于N,也可以不等于N。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 2 , the multi-link AP includes M APs, such as AP#1 to AP#M. The M APs are in one-to-one correspondence with the M links supported by the multi-link AP. A multi-link STA may include N STAs, such as STA#1 to STA#N. The N STAs are in one-to-one correspondence with the N links supported by the multi-link STA. Wherein, M and N are both integers greater than 1. M may or may not be equal to N.
多链路STA中工作在一个链路上的STA可以与多链路AP中工作在同一个链路上的AP相关联,从而STA与AP可以通过该链路进行数据传输。例如,多链路STA中 的STA#1与多链路AP中的AP#1相关联,从而STA#1和AP#1之间通过链路1进行通信。多链路STA中的STA#2与多链路AP中的AP#2相关联,从而STA#2和AP#2之间通过链路2进行通信。多链路STA中的STA#3与多链路AP中的AP#3相关联,从而STA#3和AP#3之间通过链路3进行通信。以此类推,不再赘述。Among the multi-link STAs, a STA working on one link can be associated with an AP working on the same link among the multi-link APs, so that the STA and the AP can perform data transmission through the link. For example, STA#1 in the multilink STA is associated with AP#1 in the multilink AP, so that communication between STA#1 and AP#1 is performed through link 1. STA#2 in the multi-link STA is associated with AP#2 in the multi-link AP, so that communication between STA#2 and AP#2 is performed through link 2. STA#3 in the multi-link STA is associated with AP#3 in the multi-link AP, so that communication between STA#3 and AP#3 is performed through link 3. By analogy, no further description will be given.
进一步的,多链路STA和多链路AP之间的链路可以部署在相同或不相同的频段。例如,链路1部署在2.4GHz的Wi-Fi频段,则AP#1工作在2.4GHz的Wi-Fi频段。链路2部署在5GHz的Wi-Fi频段,则AP#2工作在5GHz的Wi-Fi频段。链路3部署在6GHz的Wi-Fi频段,则AP#3工作在6GHz的Wi-Fi频段。Further, the links between the multi-link STA and the multi-link AP can be deployed in the same or different frequency bands. For example, if Link 1 is deployed in the 2.4GHz Wi-Fi band, AP#1 works in the 2.4GHz Wi-Fi band. Link 2 is deployed in the 5GHz Wi-Fi band, and AP#2 works in the 5GHz Wi-Fi band. Link 3 is deployed in the 6GHz Wi-Fi band, and AP#3 works in the 6GHz Wi-Fi band.
在本申请实施例中,链路对应的AP/STA,可以描述为:工作在该链路上的AP/STA。In this embodiment of the present application, the AP/STA corresponding to the link may be described as: the AP/STA working on the link.
可以理解的是,多链路设备可以与其他设备通信。本申请实施例中,其他设备可以是多链路设备,也可以不是多链路设备。It will be appreciated that multi-link devices can communicate with other devices. In this embodiment of the present application, other devices may be multi-link devices or may not be multi-link devices.
2)多链路建立2) Multi-link establishment
在多链路STA和多链路AP进行多链路通信之前,多链路STA可以通过向多链路AP发送关联请求帧,关联请求帧中携带有STA侧的多链路的信息。多链路AP接收到关联请求帧后,会向多链路STA设备发送关联响应帧,关联响应帧中携带有AP侧的多链路的信息。通过多链路信息的交互,实现多链路STA和多链路AP之间多链路的建立,进而实现在建立的多链路上进行多链路通信。Before the multi-link STA and the multi-link AP perform multi-link communication, the multi-link STA may send an association request frame to the multi-link AP, and the association request frame carries the multi-link information on the STA side. After receiving the association request frame, the multi-link AP sends an association response frame to the multi-link STA device, and the association response frame carries the multi-link information on the AP side. Through the interaction of the multi-link information, the establishment of the multi-link between the multi-link STA and the multi-link AP is realized, and then the multi-link communication is realized on the established multi-link.
示例性的,可以通过多链路信息单元(ML element)实现携带多链路的信息。图3示出一种多链路信息单元的帧结构的示意图。如图3所示,多链路信息单元包括:元素标识(element ID)字段、长度(length)字段、元素标识扩展(element ID extension)字段、控制(control)字段、多链路设备公共信息(MLD common info)字段以及零个或多个链路信息子单元(link profile subelement)字段。Exemplarily, the multi-link information can be carried by a multi-link information element (ML element). FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a multi-link information unit. As shown in Figure 3, the multi-link information unit includes: an element ID (element ID) field, a length (length) field, an element ID extension (element ID extension) field, a control (control) field, and a multi-link device public information ( MLD common info) field and zero or more link profile subelement fields.
其中,多链路设备公共信息字段中携带MLD在所有多链路上的公共信息。例如,公共信息包括MLD的MAC地址等。各个链路信息子单元中携带对应的各条链路的专有信息。例如,专有信息包括MLD在每条链路上的站点的能力信息等。The public information field of the multi-link device carries the public information of the MLD on all multi-links. For example, the public information includes the MAC address of the MLD and the like. Each link information subunit carries the dedicated information of each corresponding link. For example, the proprietary information includes capability information of the MLD site on each link, and the like.
3)上行方向、下行方向3) Upward direction, downward direction
上行方向是指:STA向AP发送数据的传输方向。The uplink direction refers to the transmission direction in which the STA sends data to the AP.
下行方向是指:AP向STA发送数据的传输方向。The downlink direction refers to the transmission direction in which the AP sends data to the STA.
示例性的,如图2所示,STA#1向AP#1发送数据的传输方向为上行方向,AP#2向STA#2发送数据的传输方向为下行方向。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 2 , the transmission direction in which STA#1 sends data to AP#1 is the uplink direction, and the transmission direction in which AP#2 sends data to STA#2 is the downlink direction.
4)业务标识与链路映射(TID-to-link mapping)4) Service identification and link mapping (TID-to-link mapping)
随着通信技术的发展,多链路技术能够支持的业务种类越来越多,为了更好地进行业务管理,可以通过在业务与链路之间建立映射关系,以达到为不同的业务提供不同服务的目的。可以通过预设与业务对应的业务标识,将建立业务与链路之间的映射关系实现为建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。With the development of communication technology, multi-link technology can support more and more types of services. In order to better manage services, a mapping relationship can be established between services and links to provide different services for different services. Purpose of service. Establishing a mapping relationship between services and links may be implemented as establishing a mapping relationship between service identifiers and links by presetting a service identifier corresponding to the service.
示例性的,可以将非重要业务的业务标识映射到部分链路,而将重要业务的业务标识映射到所有链路,以提高重要业务执行的效率和准确率。或者,根据不同链路的速率与业务的时延特性,将不同业务的业务标识映射到相应的链路上。Exemplarily, the service identifiers of non-important services may be mapped to some links, and the service identifiers of important services may be mapped to all links, so as to improve the efficiency and accuracy of executing important services. Alternatively, the service identifiers of different services are mapped to corresponding links according to the rates of different links and the delay characteristics of services.
在一些场景中,在多链路建立的过程中,建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In some scenarios, during the multi-link establishment process, a mapping relationship between service identifiers and links is established.
其中,如果在多链路建立的过程中,未进行建立业务标识与链路之间映射关系的操作,则默认所有的业务标识都映射到每一条已建立的链路上。Wherein, if the operation of establishing the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links is not performed during the multi-link establishment process, all service identifiers are mapped to each established link by default.
在另一些场景中,多链路建立完成后,由于设备移动或业务变化等原因,可能需要进行业务标识与链路之间的重映射,建立符合当前情况的重映射关系,满足业务需求。例如,STA MLD移动后,到达AP信号覆盖范围边缘,导致某些链路上的时延敏感业务不满足QoS要求,则需要重新建立业务标识与链路的映射关系,以降低业务传输时延。In other scenarios, after the multi-link is established, due to reasons such as device movement or service change, it may be necessary to perform remapping between service identifiers and links to establish a remapping relationship that conforms to the current situation to meet service requirements. For example, after the STA MLD moves, it reaches the edge of the AP signal coverage, so that the delay-sensitive services on some links do not meet the QoS requirements, and the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link needs to be re-established to reduce the service transmission delay.
其中,请求建立业务标识与链路映射的设备可以为STA MLD,也可以为AP SLD。Wherein, the device requesting the establishment of service identification and link mapping may be a STA MLD or an AP SLD.
5)目标醒来时间(target wake time,TWT)协商5) Target wake time (target wake time, TWT) negotiation
在IEEE 802.11ax标准中,提出STA和AP通过TWT协商,确定相同的TWT参数,例如包括时间表。该时间表中包含休眠周期,如beacon周期。在TWT协商后,STA能够按照休眠周期进行周期性休眠和唤醒,实现节能。在TWT协商过程中,STA可作为发起TWT协商的请求端设备,向作为响应端设备的AP发起TWT协商请求。或者,AP可作为发起TWT协商的请求端设备,向作为响应端设备的STA发起TWT协商请求。In the IEEE 802.11ax standard, it is proposed that the STA and the AP negotiate through the TWT to determine the same TWT parameters, for example, including the schedule. This schedule includes sleep periods, such as beacon periods. After the TWT negotiation, the STA can periodically sleep and wake up according to the sleep cycle to save energy. During the TWT negotiation process, the STA may act as the requester device that initiates the TWT negotiation, and initiate a TWT negotiation request to the AP that is the responder device. Alternatively, the AP may act as the requester device that initiates the TWT negotiation, and initiate a TWT negotiation request to the STA that is the responder device.
其中,在TWT协商过程中,请求端设备的请求方式包含如下任一项:请求TWT参数,建议TWT参数,要求TWT参数。请求端设备会根据自身需求按照不同的请求方式执行不同的操作,并向响应端设备发送相应的TWT协商请求。响应端设备在接收到TWT协商请求后,会根据不同的请求方式执行相应的操作。如下表2所示,示出了不同请求方式下请求端设备和响应端设备执行的操作。Wherein, in the TWT negotiation process, the request mode of the requesting end device includes any one of the following: requesting TWT parameters, suggesting TWT parameters, and requiring TWT parameters. The requester device will perform different operations in different request modes according to its own needs, and send the corresponding TWT negotiation request to the responder device. After receiving the TWT negotiation request, the responder device will perform corresponding operations according to different request methods. As shown in Table 2 below, operations performed by the requester device and the responder device under different request modes are shown.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000003
相应的,响应端设备执行的操作对应如下任一项应答方式:接受TWT参数、更换TWT参数、指定TWT参数、拒绝TWT参数。如下表3所示,示出了不同应答方式下响应端设备需要具体执行的操作。Correspondingly, the operation performed by the responder device corresponds to any of the following response modes: accepting TWT parameters, replacing TWT parameters, specifying TWT parameters, and rejecting TWT parameters. As shown in Table 3 below, it shows the specific operations that the responder device needs to perform in different response modes.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000005
示例性的,图4示出一种TWT单元(element)的帧结构的示意图。如图4所示,TWT单元包括元素标识(element ID)字段、长度(length)字段、TWT请求(TWT request)字段、以及TWT建立命令(TWT setup command)字段。其中,TWT请求字段占用1个比特,用于指示发送TWT单元的设备类型。例如,当TWT请求字段取值为1时,表示发送TWT单元的设备为请求端设备;当TWT请求字段取值为0时,表示发送TWT单元的设备为响应端设备。TWT建立命令字段占用3个比特,用于指示TWT建立的类型,如下表4所示,示出了TWT建立命令字段不同取值时对应的命令名称,以及作为TWT协商过程中的请求端设备或发送站点时需要对应执行的操作。Exemplarily, FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a TWT element. As shown in FIG. 4 , the TWT unit includes an element ID (element ID) field, a length (length) field, a TWT request (TWT request) field, and a TWT setup command (TWT setup command) field. Among them, the TWT request field occupies 1 bit, which is used to indicate the device type that sends the TWT unit. For example, when the value of the TWT request field is 1, it indicates that the device sending the TWT unit is the requesting end device; when the value of the TWT request field is 0, it indicates that the device sending the TWT unit is the responding end device. The TWT setup command field occupies 3 bits, which are used to indicate the type of TWT setup. Actions to be performed when sending a site.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000006
需要说明的是,上表4中,N/A表示不适用(not applicable)。It should be noted that in Table 4 above, N/A means not applicable (not applicable).
以上是对本申请实施例所涉及的相关术语和概念的介绍,以下不再赘述。The above is an introduction to the related terms and concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application, which will not be repeated below.
现有技术中,一些方案中提出利用上述TWT协商规则,在请求端设备和响应端设备之间交互TID-to-link mapping,实现建立请求端设备和响应端设备之间业务标识与链路的映射关系,进而实现提高业务效率。In the prior art, some schemes propose to use the above-mentioned TWT negotiation rules to exchange TID-to-link mapping between the requesting end device and the responding end device, so as to realize the establishment of service identifiers and links between the requesting end device and the responding end device. Mapping relationships to improve business efficiency.
但是,直接将TWT协商规则应用于建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系的场景中,基于上表2-表4可知,至少在以下协商场景中会出现问题:However, if the TWT negotiation rules are directly applied to the scenario of establishing the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links, based on the above Table 2-Table 4, it can be seen that problems will occur at least in the following negotiation scenarios:
(1)请求方式为建议TID-to-link mapping参数,应答方式为更换TID-to-link  mapping参数。(1) The request method is to suggest the TID-to-link mapping parameter, and the response method is to replace the TID-to-link mapping parameter.
示例性的,请求端设备在链路1上由于承载的业务过多导致拥堵,将链路1上的部分业务标识映射到其他链路后,获得映射关系1,并向响应端设备发起重映射协商请求,将映射关系1发送至响应端设备。响应端设备接收到映射关系1后,由于不知道请求端设备要求重映射的原因,会根据自身的需求,对映射关系1中的部分或全部映射关系进行修改,可能仍会将部分业务标识映射到链路1上,获得映射关系2。请求端设备在接收到映射关系2后,确定映射关系2无法实现,则需要再次向响应端设备发送更新后的映射关系进行协商。如此,多次协商后,请求端设备和响应端设备才能够重新建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系,效率较低。Exemplarily, the requesting end device is congested due to too many services carried on link 1, and after mapping some service identifiers on link 1 to other links, obtains the mapping relationship 1, and initiates remapping to the responding end device. Negotiate the request and send the mapping relationship 1 to the responder device. After receiving the mapping relationship 1, the responder device will modify some or all of the mapping relationships in the mapping relationship 1 according to its own needs because it does not know the reason why the requesting device requires remapping, and may still map some service identifiers. To link 1, get the mapping relationship 2. After receiving the mapping relationship 2, the requester device determines that the mapping relationship 2 cannot be implemented, and needs to send the updated mapping relationship to the responder device again for negotiation. In this way, after multiple negotiation, the requesting end device and the responding end device can re-establish the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link, which is inefficient.
(2)请求方式为请求TID-to-link mapping参数或建议TID-to-link mapping参数,应答方式为指定TID-to-link mapping参数。(2) The request method is to request the TID-to-link mapping parameter or suggest the TID-to-link mapping parameter, and the response method is to specify the TID-to-link mapping parameter.
在当前场景中,响应端设备指定的映射关系可能不适用于请求端设备的链路与业务情况,则会导致此次协商失败。In the current scenario, the mapping relationship specified by the responder device may not be applicable to the link and service conditions of the requester device, which will cause the negotiation to fail.
由此可见,若请求端设备和响应端设备在TID-to-link mapping协商过程中,不知道对方的映射原因,则需要多次协商,导致协商过程效率较低;或者出现协商失败的情况,影响业务执行效率。It can be seen that if the requester device and the responder device do not know the reason for the other party's mapping during the TID-to-link mapping negotiation process, they need to negotiate multiple times, resulting in low efficiency of the negotiation process; or if the negotiation fails, affect the efficiency of business execution.
为了解决这一技术问题,提出一种应用于建立业务标识与链路之间映射关系的场景的第一帧,该第一帧可以触发与响应端设备之间的TID-to-link mapping协商过程。该第一帧中包含重映射原因信息,进而响应端设备在接收到第一帧后,能够根据重映射原因信息,确定请求端设备指示的重映射原因,提高协商效率。In order to solve this technical problem, a first frame for the scenario of establishing a mapping relationship between service identifiers and links is proposed. The first frame can trigger the TID-to-link mapping negotiation process with the responder device. . The first frame includes remapping cause information, and after receiving the first frame, the responding end device can determine the remapping cause indicated by the requesting end device according to the remapping cause information, thereby improving negotiation efficiency.
上述第一帧也可以称之为TID-to-link mapping建立(setup)帧。应理解,第一帧可以聚合或者携带在传输数据中。上述重映射原因信息也可以称之为辅助信息,主要用于辅助确定TID-to-link mapping。The above-mentioned first frame may also be referred to as a TID-to-link mapping setup frame. It should be understood that the first frame may be aggregated or carried in the transmission data. The above-mentioned remapping reason information may also be called auxiliary information, which is mainly used to assist in determining TID-to-link mapping.
其中,发送第一帧的请求端设备可以为STA MLD或AP MLD,对于STA MLD或AP MLD而言,发起TID-to-link mapping协商的原因相同或不相同。因此,在介绍第一帧的帧格式之前,首先介绍对STA MLD和AP MLD发起TID-to-link mapping协商的原因进行介绍。The requesting device that sends the first frame may be STA MLD or AP MLD. For STA MLD or AP MLD, the reasons for initiating TID-to-link mapping negotiation are the same or different. Therefore, before introducing the frame format of the first frame, we first introduce the reasons why the STA MLD and the AP MLD initiate the TID-to-link mapping negotiation.
对于STA MLD而言,发起TID-to-link mapping协商可以包含以下几项原因:For STA MLD, the following reasons can be included for initiating TID-to-link mapping negotiation:
原因1、链路失效或链路不可达。 Cause 1. The link fails or the link is unreachable.
例如,STA MLD移动,超出某个AP的信号覆盖范围,导致部分下行链路数据不可达,或者上下行链路数据均不可达。示例性的,如图2所示,STA MLD移动,导致超出AP#1的覆盖范围,则在链路1上传输的数据不可达。For example, the STA MLD moves beyond the signal coverage of an AP, resulting in unreachable part of downlink data, or unreachable uplink and downlink data. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 2, if the STA MLD moves, causing the coverage of AP#1 to be exceeded, the data transmitted on link 1 is unreachable.
需要说明的是,在TID-to-link mapping协商过程中,链路不可达为强限制条件。即由于链路不可达发起的TID-to-link mapping协商,响应端设备不能将业务标识修改映射至不可达的链路,从而避免TID-to-link mapping协商失败。It should be noted that during the TID-to-link mapping negotiation process, link unreachability is a strong restriction. That is, because the TID-to-link mapping negotiation initiated by the link is unreachable, the responder device cannot map the service ID modification to the unreachable link, thereby avoiding the failure of the TID-to-link mapping negotiation.
原因2、时延敏感类业务不满足QoS要求。 Cause 2. Delay-sensitive services do not meet the QoS requirements.
例如,链路承载的数据量过大,导致其上承载的部分时延敏感业务的QoS不满足QoS要求,则需要将这部分时延敏感业务的业务标识映射到能保证更好QoS的链路上。For example, if the amount of data carried on the link is too large, so that the QoS of some delay-sensitive services carried on the link does not meet the QoS requirements, it is necessary to map the service identifiers of these delay-sensitive services to links that can guarantee better QoS. superior.
原因3、节能。 Reason 3, energy saving.
例如,STA MLD出于节能的目的,关闭一条或多条链路,则需要将待关闭的链路对应的业务标识进行重映射,使其映射至新的链路上。For example, if the STA MLD closes one or more links for the purpose of energy saving, it is necessary to remap the service identifiers corresponding to the links to be closed so that they are mapped to the new links.
需要说明的是,若STA MLD发起TID-to-link mapping协商的原因为节能,则响应端设备应该接受该TID-to-link mapping。It should be noted that if the reason for the STA MLD to initiate TID-to-link mapping negotiation is to save energy, the responder device should accept the TID-to-link mapping.
对于AP MLD而言,发起TID-to-link mapping协商可以包含以下几项原因:For AP MLD, the following reasons can be included for initiating TID-to-link mapping negotiation:
原因一、负载均衡。The first reason is load balancing.
例如,AP MLD确定当前链路的负载不均衡,则需要对链路上承载的业务进行调整,将过于拥塞的链路上的部分业务,重映射至其他负载较轻的链路上。以实现负载均衡,提高业务效率。For example, if the AP MLD determines that the load on the current link is unbalanced, it needs to adjust the services carried on the link, and remap some services on the over-congested link to other links with lighter load. In order to achieve load balancing and improve business efficiency.
原因二、减少敏感类业务的传输等待时延。The second reason is to reduce the transmission latency of sensitive services.
例如,AP MLD将链路1上的非敏感类业务重映射至其他链路上,进而减少链路1上敏感类业务的传输等待时延。For example, AP MLD remaps non-sensitive services on link 1 to other links, thereby reducing the transmission latency of sensitive services on link 1.
原因三、接入控制。The third reason is access control.
例如,AP MLD根据STA的类型或者能力,对其附属的每个AP设备接入的STA进行管理。其中,STA的能力包括其支持的收发流数,多链路设备对应的链路间是否支持同时收发(simultaneously transmit and receive,STR)数据,多链路设备对应的链路间是否支持共享收发链(Tx/Rx chain)等。For example, the AP MLD manages the STAs accessed by each AP device attached to it according to the type or capability of the STA. Among them, the capabilities of the STA include the number of transmit and receive streams it supports, whether the links corresponding to the multi-link device support simultaneous transmit and receive (STR) data, and whether the links corresponding to the multi-link device support shared transmit and receive chains. (Tx/Rx chain), etc.
基于上述STA MLD和AP MLD发起TID-to-link mapping协商的原因,如下表5所示,示例性的给出第一帧中可能包含的信息。其中,允许开启的最大链路数元素,链路质量报告元素,QoS报告元素以及关闭链路集合元素对应于上述TID-to-link mapping协商的原因,为可选元素,第一帧包含的信息中可以包含其中的一项或几项。可选的,在第一帧中设置指示字段,用于指示第一帧中是否携带允许开启的最大链路数元素,链路质量报告元素,QoS报告元素以及关闭链路集合元素。Based on the reason why the STA MLD and the AP MLD initiate the TID-to-link mapping negotiation, as shown in Table 5 below, the information that may be included in the first frame is exemplarily given. Among them, the elements of the maximum number of links allowed to open, the link quality report element, the QoS report element and the closed link set element correspond to the reasons for the above-mentioned TID-to-link mapping negotiation, are optional elements, and the information contained in the first frame can contain one or more of them. Optionally, an indication field is set in the first frame to indicate whether the first frame carries the element of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened, the link quality report element, the QoS report element and the closed link set element.
表5table 5
次序 order 信息information
11 类别字段(category)Category field (category)
22 多链路功能字段(multi-link action)Multi-link action field (multi-link action)
33 对话令牌(dialog token)dialog token
44 业务标识与链路映射元素(TID-to-link mapping element)TID-to-link mapping element
55 允许开启的最大链路数元素(max number of enabled links element)max number of enabled links element
66 链路质量报告元素(link quality report element)link quality report element
77 QoS报告元素(QoS report element)QoS report element
88 关闭链路集合元素(disable link set element)disable link set element
可选的,图5示出了一种第一帧的帧格式示意图。如图5所示,第一帧包括元素标识(element ID)字段、长度(length)字段、控制(control)字段、重映射原因(remapping  reason)字段、允许开启的最大链路数(max number of enabled links)字段、关闭链路集合信息(disable link set info)字段、链路质量报告信息(link quality report info)字段、QoS报告信息(QoS report info)字段、业务标识与链路映射信息(TID-to-link mapping info)字段、以及重映射延时定时器(remapping delay timer)字段。Optionally, FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of the first frame. As shown in Figure 5, the first frame includes an element ID (element ID) field, a length (length) field, a control (control) field, a remapping reason (remapping reason) field, and the maximum number of links allowed to be opened (max number of enabled links) field, disable link set info field, link quality report information (link quality report info) field, QoS report information (QoS report info) field, service identifier and link mapping information (TID) -to-link mapping info) field, and remapping delay timer (remapping delay timer) field.
可选的,第一帧包含重映射原因信息,该重映射原因信息用于指示重映射原因。Optionally, the first frame includes remapping reason information, where the remapping reason information is used to indicate the remapping reason.
其中,重映射原因信息承载在以下一个或几个字段中:允许开启的最大链路数字段,关闭链路集合信息字段,链路质量报告信息字段,业务质量QoS报告信息字段。也就是说,第一帧中包含的重映射原因信息可以利用允许开启的最大链路数字段、关闭链路集合信息字段、链路质量报告信息字段、QoS报告信息字段中的一项或几项字段进行指示。The remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, and the service quality QoS report information field. That is to say, the remapping reason information contained in the first frame can use one or more of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, and the QoS report information field. field to indicate.
在一些实施例中,允许开启的最大链路数字段,用于指示发送第一帧的设备当前允许开启的最大链路数量。比如,当STA MLD需要节能时,可以通过允许开启的最大链路数字段指示允许开启的最大链路数量。In some embodiments, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field is used to indicate the maximum number of links currently allowed to be opened by the device sending the first frame. For example, when the STA MLD needs to save energy, the maximum number of links allowed to be turned on can be indicated by the Maximum number of links allowed to be turned on field.
在一些实施例中,关闭链路集合信息字段用于指示需要关闭的链路集合。即对应于链路失效,链路不可达,接入控制,负载均衡等重映射原因。In some embodiments, the shutdown link set information field is used to indicate the link set that needs to be shut down. That is, it corresponds to remapping reasons such as link failure, link unreachability, access control, and load balancing.
在一些实施例中,链路质量报告信息字段用于指示链路的链路质量,链路质量报告信息字段中携带链路质量信息。In some embodiments, the link quality report information field is used to indicate the link quality of the link, and the link quality report information field carries link quality information.
示例性的,链路质量信息例如包括如下一项或几项内容:RSSI值,SINR值,RSSI是否满足第一条件的指示信息,SINR是否满足第二条件的指示信息。其中,RSSI值可以为上行RSSI值,或者为下行RSSI值,或者可以包括上行RSSI值和下行RSSI值。RSSI值可以为STA根据beacon帧测量得到的RSSI值,或者可以根据AP发送beacon帧的发送功率与STA的发送功率的差值确定上行RSSI值。第一条件用于衡量链路是否可达。比如,RSSI满足第一条件,则链路可达,对应的指示信息为指示该条链路可达。又比如,RSSI不满足第一条件,则链路不可达,对应的指示信息为指示该条链路不可达。SINR值可以为上行SINR值,或者为下行SINR值,或者可以包括上行SINR值和下行SINR值。第二条件用于衡量链路是否可达。比如,SINR满足第二条件,则链路可达,对应的指示信息为指示该条链路可达。又比如,SINR不满足第二条件,则链路不可达,对应的指示信息为指示该条链路不可达。Exemplarily, the link quality information includes, for example, one or more of the following: RSSI value, SINR value, indication information of whether the RSSI satisfies the first condition, and indication information of whether the SINR satisfies the second condition. The RSSI value may be an uplink RSSI value, or a downlink RSSI value, or may include an uplink RSSI value and a downlink RSSI value. The RSSI value may be the RSSI value measured by the STA according to the beacon frame, or the uplink RSSI value may be determined according to the difference between the transmission power of the beacon frame sent by the AP and the transmission power of the STA. The first condition is used to measure whether the link is reachable. For example, if the RSSI satisfies the first condition, the link is reachable, and the corresponding indication information indicates that the link is reachable. For another example, if the RSSI does not satisfy the first condition, the link is unreachable, and the corresponding indication information indicates that the link is unreachable. The SINR value may be an uplink SINR value, or a downlink SINR value, or may include an uplink SINR value and a downlink SINR value. The second condition is used to measure whether the link is reachable. For example, if the SINR satisfies the second condition, the link is reachable, and the corresponding indication information indicates that the link is reachable. For another example, if the SINR does not satisfy the second condition, the link is unreachable, and the corresponding indication information is indicating that the link is unreachable.
在一些实施例中,QoS报告信息字段用于指示相应的业务标识的服务质量。QoS报告信息字段中携带业务质量信息。In some embodiments, the QoS report information field is used to indicate the quality of service of the corresponding service identifier. The QoS report information field carries service quality information.
示例性的,业务质量信息例如包括QoS值,或者QoS是否满足第三条件的指示信息。其中,QoS值例如包括平均包等待时延、时延抖动、平均速率等。第二条件可以为是否满足QoS要求。比如,QoS满足第二条件,则QoS满足要求,对应的指示信息为指示该业务标识满足QoS要求。又比如,QoS不满足第二条件,则QoS不满足要求,对应的指示信息为指示该业务标识不满足QoS要求。Exemplarily, the service quality information includes, for example, a QoS value, or information indicating whether the QoS satisfies the third condition. The QoS value includes, for example, an average packet waiting delay, a delay jitter, an average rate, and the like. The second condition may be whether the QoS requirement is met. For example, if the QoS satisfies the second condition, the QoS satisfies the requirement, and the corresponding indication information indicates that the service identifier satisfies the QoS requirement. For another example, if the QoS does not meet the second condition, then the QoS does not meet the requirement, and the corresponding indication information is to indicate that the service identifier does not meet the QoS requirement.
可选的,第一帧中包含第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示承载重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一指示信息可以承载在控制字段中,或者承载在重映射原因字段中,或者承载在控制字段和重映射原因字段中。以下分别对第一指示信息承载在不同字段的三种指示方式进行介绍。Optionally, the first frame includes first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame. The first indication information may be carried in the control field, or in the remapping cause field, or in the control field and the remapping cause field. Three indication manners in which the first indication information is carried in different fields are respectively introduced below.
方式一、第一指示信息承载在控制字段中。Manner 1: The first indication information is carried in the control field.
示例性的,如图5所示,控制字段包含第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段。其中,第一子字段可以为当前允许开启的最大链路数(max number of enabled links present)子字段,第一子字段占用1个比特,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第二子字段可以为当前关闭链路集合信息(disable link set info present)子字段,第二子字段占用1个比特,第一字段和/或第二字段用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段可以为当前链路质量信息(link quality info present)子字段,第三子字段占用1个比特,用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段可以为当前QoS信息(QoS info present)子字段,第四子字段占用1个比特,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 5 , the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield. Wherein, the first subfield may be the current maximum number of enabled links present (max number of enabled links present) subfield, and the first subfield occupies 1 bit, which is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of enabled links present appears in the in the first frame. The second subfield may be the currently closed link set information (disable link set info present) subfield, the second subfield occupies 1 bit, and the first field and/or the second field is used to indicate whether the disabled link set information field is appears in the first frame. The third subfield may be a current link quality information (link quality info present) subfield, and the third subfield occupies 1 bit and is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth subfield may be a current QoS information (QoS info present) subfield, and the fourth subfield occupies 1 bit and is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
比如,利用第一字段指示允许开启的最大链路数量,并且指示需要关闭的链路集合。又比如,利用第一字段和第二字段,指示需要关闭的链路集合。For example, the first field is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened, and to indicate the set of links that need to be shut down. For another example, the first field and the second field are used to indicate the set of links that need to be closed.
如此,通过上述第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段指示第一帧中包含的重映射原因信息。响应端设备根据指示,能够在对应的字段中获取重映射原因,实现TID-to-link mapping的快速协商。In this way, the remapping reason information contained in the first frame is indicated by the first subfield, the second subfield, the third subfield and the fourth subfield. According to the instruction, the responder device can obtain the remapping reason in the corresponding field to realize the rapid negotiation of TID-to-link mapping.
在另一种可能的设计中,指示允许开启的最大链路数量的信息需要占用的比特数目较少的情况下,可以将允许开启最大链路数字段作为控制字段的子字段,直接在控制字段中的允许开启最大链路数子字段指示允许开启的最大链路数量。例如,允许开启最大链路数子字段,占用4个比特。相应的,控制字段中则不必包含当前允许开启最大链路数子字段。In another possible design, when the information indicating the maximum number of links allowed to be turned on needs to occupy a small number of bits, the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be turned on can be used as a subfield of the control field, directly in the control field The maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield in indicates the maximum number of links allowed to be opened. For example, the maximum number of links allowed to be enabled subfield occupies 4 bits. Correspondingly, the control field does not need to contain a subfield of the maximum number of links currently allowed to be opened.
在一些实施例中,如图5所示,控制字段还包括其他子字段,如包括业务标识映射请求(TID mapping request)子字段、业务标识映射命令(TID mapping command)子字段、业务标识映射模式(TID mapping mode)子字段、以及预留(reserved)子字段。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5 , the control field further includes other subfields, such as a service identification mapping request (TID mapping request) subfield, a service identification mapping command (TID mapping command) subfield, a service identification mapping mode (TID mapping mode) subfield, and reserved subfield.
其中,业务标识映射请求子字段占用1个比特,用于指示发送第一帧的设备为请求端设备,还是为响应端设备。比如,当业务标识映射请求子字段取值为1时,用于指示当前发送第一帧的设备为请求端设备。又比如,当业务标识映射请求子字段取值为0时,用于指示当前发送第一帧的设备为响应端设备。The service identifier mapping request subfield occupies 1 bit, and is used to indicate whether the device sending the first frame is the requester device or the responder device. For example, when the value of the service identifier mapping request subfield is 1, it is used to indicate that the device currently sending the first frame is the requester device. For another example, when the value of the service identifier mapping request subfield is 0, it is used to indicate that the device currently sending the first frame is the responder device.
业务标识映射命令子字段占用3个比特,用于指示TID-to-link mapping协商的类型。参考下表6所示,在业务标识映射命令子字段取不同的值的时候,作为不同的站点设备,对应的命令含义不同。比如,发送第一帧的设备为请求端设备,业务标识映射命令子字段取值为0时,用于指示请求TID-to-link mapping参数,第一帧中不携带TID-to-link mapping参数。又比如,发送第一帧的设备为响应端设备,业务标识映射命令子字段取值为4时,用于指示第一帧中携带更换后的TID-to-link mapping参数。其中,TID-to-link mapping参数包括业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。The service identifier mapping command subfield occupies 3 bits and is used to indicate the type of TID-to-link mapping negotiation. Referring to Table 6 below, when the service identifier mapping command subfield takes different values, as different site devices, the corresponding commands have different meanings. For example, the device sending the first frame is the requester device, and when the value of the service ID mapping command subfield is 0, it is used to indicate the request for the TID-to-link mapping parameter, and the first frame does not carry the TID-to-link mapping parameter . For another example, the device sending the first frame is the responder device, and when the value of the service identifier mapping command subfield is 4, it is used to indicate that the first frame carries the replaced TID-to-link mapping parameter. Among them, the TID-to-link mapping parameter includes the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2021118861-appb-000007
业务标识映射模式子字段占用1个比特,用于指示重映射模式,该重映射模式包括立即重映射模式或延时重映射模式。其中,立即重映射模式是指在业务标识与链路的映射关系协商成功后,立即按照协商的TID-to-link mapping进行重映射。延时重映射模式是指在业务标识与链路的映射关系协商成功后,等待一段时间后按照协商的TID-to-link mapping进行重映射。具体的,对于某些能力较弱的设备,可能无法立即将一条链路上的协议数据单元(MAC protocol data unit MAC,MPDU)移动至另一条链路上进行传输,即无法立即执行重映射。因此,需要预置等待时间。相应的,在第 一帧中还可以通过重映射时延定时器字段来指示等待的时长,以便顺利完成重映射。The service identifier mapping mode subfield occupies 1 bit and is used to indicate the remapping mode, and the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode. The immediate remapping mode means that after the negotiation of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successful, remapping is performed immediately according to the negotiated TID-to-link mapping. Delayed remapping mode means that after the negotiation of the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link is successful, remapping is performed according to the negotiated TID-to-link mapping after waiting for a period of time. Specifically, for some devices with weak capabilities, it may not be possible to immediately move a protocol data unit (MAC protocol data unit MAC, MPDU) on one link to another link for transmission, that is, remapping cannot be performed immediately. Therefore, a preset waiting time is required. Correspondingly, in the first frame, the waiting time can also be indicated by the remapping delay timer field, so as to successfully complete the remapping.
方式二、第一指示信息承载在重映射原因字段中。Manner 2: The first indication information is carried in the remapping reason field.
其中,重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第一取值和/或第二取值,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。The first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame. The first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame. The third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
也就是说,重映射原因字段能够指示第一帧中是否包括允许开启的最大链路数字段,和/或关闭链路集合信息字段,和/或链路质量报告信息字段,和/或QoS报告信息字段。That is, the remapping reason field can indicate whether the first frame includes the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, and/or the closed link set information field, and/or the link quality report information field, and/or the QoS report information field.
可选的,重映射原因字段还可以用于指示重映射原因。如下表7所示,示例性的示出了部分重映射原因字段取值对应的重映射原因,可以理解的是,还可以包含其他重映射原因,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the remapping reason field can also be used to indicate the remapping reason. As shown in Table 7 below, the remapping reasons corresponding to the values of the partial remapping reason fields are exemplarily shown. It can be understood that other remapping reasons may also be included, which will not be repeated here.
表7Table 7
重映射原因字段取值Remap reason field value 重映射原因Reason for remapping
00 链路失效或者链路不可达Link failure or link unreachable
11 时延敏感类业务不满足QoS要求Delay-sensitive services do not meet QoS requirements
22 节能energy saving
33 负载均衡load balancing
44 减少敏感类业务的传输等待时延Reduce the transmission latency of sensitive services
55 接入控制access control
方式三、第一指示信息承载在控制字段和重映射原因字段中。Manner 3: The first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field.
其中,如上文对方式一的介绍,控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四字段。第一子字段和重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在第一帧中。第一子字段,第二字段,重映射原因字段的第一取值,重映射原因字段的第二取值中的一项或几项内容,用于指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第三子字段和重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。第四子字段和重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在第一帧中。Wherein, as described in the first manner above, the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth field. The first subfield and the first value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the field of the maximum number of links allowed to be opened appears in the first frame. The first subfield, the second field, the first value of the remapping cause field, and one or more of the second values of the remapping cause field are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first subfield. in one frame. The third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame. The fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
上述通过第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段,,第四子字段以及重映射原因字段的指示,双重确认,进而确定第一帧中是否包含允许开启的最大链路数字段,和/或关闭链路集合信息字段,和/或链路质量报告信息字段,和/或QoS报告信息字段,提高重映射原因信息传输的准确率。可以理解的是,控制字段和重映射原因字段中承载的第一指示信息不冲突,即指示的重映射原因不冲突,才能够实现传输有效的重映射原因。The above-mentioned double confirmation through the first subfield, the second subfield, the third subfield, the fourth subfield and the indication of the remapping reason field, and then determine whether the first frame contains the maximum number of links allowed to open field, And/or close the link set information field, and/or the link quality report information field, and/or the QoS report information field, so as to improve the transmission accuracy of the remapping reason information. It can be understood that the effective remapping cause can be transmitted only when the first indication information carried in the control field and the remapping cause field does not conflict, that is, the indicated remapping cause does not conflict.
如此,通过上述三种方式中的任一种方式,实现将重映射原因发送至响应端设备,从而使得响应端设备能够快速识别重映射原因,完成TID-to-link mapping协商。In this way, by any one of the above three methods, the remapping cause is sent to the responder device, so that the responder device can quickly identify the remapping cause and complete the TID-to-link mapping negotiation.
可选的,第一帧中还可以携带业务标识映射信息,该业务标识映射信息是基于重映射原因,用于指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。参见上表6所示,根据业务标识映射命令子字段指示,确定需要提供TID-to-link mapping参数,则第一帧中携带业务标识映射信息。Optionally, the first frame may also carry service identifier mapping information, where the service identifier mapping information is based on a remapping reason and is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link. Referring to Table 6 above, according to the indication of the service identifier mapping command subfield, it is determined that the TID-to-link mapping parameter needs to be provided, and the first frame carries the service identifier mapping information.
在一些实施例中,业务标识映射信息承载在业务标识与链路映射信息字段中,业务标识与链路映射信息字段至少通过以下6种方式,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In some embodiments, the service identifier mapping information is carried in the service identifier and link mapping information field, and the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link in at least the following six ways.
方式1、业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用业务标识和链路的比特位图(bitmap)的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。Mode 1: The service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the correspondence between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
示例性的,链路的比特位图的比特位数为链路数量的P倍,P为正整数。其中,比特位取值为1指示对应关系中包含对应的链路;比特位取值为0指示对应关系中不包含对应的链路。假设链路数量为3,分别为链路1、链路2和链路3。P=1,则比特位数为3。比如,比特位图为001,则表示链路3。又比如,比特位图为101,则表示链路1和链路3。Exemplarily, the number of bits of the bitmap of the link is P times the number of links, and P is a positive integer. Wherein, a bit value of 1 indicates that the corresponding relationship includes a corresponding link; a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding relationship does not include a corresponding link. Assume that the number of links is 3, namely link 1, link 2 and link 3. P=1, the number of bits is 3. For example, if the bitmap is 001, it means link 3. For another example, if the bitmap is 101, it means link 1 and link 3.
进而通过建立业务标识与链路的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路的映射关系。比如,业务标识与链路映射信息字段指示TID3与链路的比特位图011具有对应关系,则表示将TID3映射到链路2和链路3上。Furthermore, by establishing the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link, the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is indicated. For example, if the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates that TID3 has a corresponding relationship with the bitmap 011 of the link, it means that TID3 is mapped to link 2 and link 3.
方式2、业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。Mode 2: The service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
示例性的,业务标识的比特位图的比特位数为TID数量的Q倍,Q为正整数。其中,比特位取值为1指示对应关系中包含对应的业务标识;比特位取值为0指示对应关系中不包含对应的业务标识。假设TID数量为8,分别为TID0-TID7。Q=1,则比特位数为8。比如,比特位图为10000000,则表示TID0。又比如,比特位图为00011000,则表示TID3和链路TID4。Exemplarily, the number of bits of the bitmap of the service identifier is Q times the number of TIDs, and Q is a positive integer. Wherein, a bit value of 1 indicates that the corresponding relationship contains a corresponding service identifier; a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding relationship does not contain a corresponding service identifier. Assume that the number of TIDs is 8, which are TID0-TID7 respectively. Q=1, the number of bits is 8. For example, if the bitmap is 10000000, it means TID0. For another example, if the bitmap is 00011000, it means TID3 and link TID4.
进而通过建立链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路的映射关系。比如,业务标识与链路映射信息字段指示链路1与业务标识的比特位图10000000具有对应关系,则表示将TID0映射到链路1上。Furthermore, by establishing the corresponding relationship between the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier, the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is indicated. For example, if the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates that link 1 has a corresponding relationship with the bitmap 10000000 of the service identifier, it means that TID0 is mapped to link 1.
方式3、业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第五取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。第五子字段的第六取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。 Mode 3. The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Relationship, indicating the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links. The sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier.
示例性的,图6示出了业务标识与链路映射信息字段的帧结构的示意图一。如图6所示,业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括元素标识(element ID)字段、长度(length)字段、控制(control)字段、业务标识或链路的比特位图(bitmap of TIDs/links)字段。其中,如图6所示,重复控制字段和业务标识或链路的比特位图字段的组合,用于指示一组或多组映射关系,具体映射关系的指示方式详见下文示例说明。Exemplarily, FIG. 6 shows schematic diagram 1 of the frame structure of the service identifier and link mapping information field. As shown in Figure 6, the service identification and link mapping information fields include an element ID field, a length (length) field, a control (control) field, a service identification or a bitmap of TIDs/links ) field. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 6 , the combination of the repetition control field and the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate one or more sets of mapping relationships. For the specific mapping relationship indication method, please refer to the following example description.
其中,控制字段包括标记方式(manner flag)子字段,用于指示确定对应关系的组合方式。即第五子字段为标记方式子字段。Wherein, the control field includes a manner flag subfield, which is used to indicate the combination mode for determining the corresponding relationship. That is, the fifth subfield is the marking mode subfield.
可选的,标记方式子字段占用1个比特,用于指示控制字段中包括业务标识(TID)子字段或链路标识(link ID)子字段。Optionally, the marking mode subfield occupies 1 bit, which is used to indicate that the control field includes a service identifier (TID) subfield or a link identifier (link ID) subfield.
一示例中,如图6所示,标记方式子字段取值为0时,控制字段包括业务标识子字段,用于指示TID。相应的,业务标识或链路的比特位图字段,用于指示链路的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In an example, as shown in FIG. 6 , when the value of the marking mode subfield is 0, the control field includes a service identification subfield, which is used to indicate the TID. Correspondingly, the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
又一示例中,如图6所示,标记方式子字段取值为1时,控制字段包括链路标识子字段,用于指示链路标识。相应的,业务标识或链路的比特位图字段,用于指示业务标识的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In another example, as shown in FIG. 6 , when the marking mode subfield takes a value of 1, the control field includes a link identification subfield, which is used to indicate the link identification. Correspondingly, the bitmap field of the service identifier or link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier. That is, the service ID and link mapping information field indicates the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the link ID and the bitmap of the service ID.
可选的,如图6所示,控制字段中还包括业务标识方向(direction of TID)子字段,用于指示业务标识的方向。比如,若业务标识方向子字段,占用1个比特,用于指示TID是单向还是双向。其中,单向指示的方向与发送第一帧的设备相应的TID方向相同。双向包括上行方向和下行方向。又比如,若业务标识方向子字段,占用2个比特,用于指示TID是上行方向,下行方向或双向。如10表示上行方向,01表示下行方向,11表示双向,00为保留值(reserved value)。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 6 , the control field further includes a service identification direction (direction of TID) subfield, which is used to indicate the direction of the service identification. For example, if the service identification direction subfield occupies 1 bit, it is used to indicate whether the TID is unidirectional or bidirectional. The direction of the one-way indication is the same as the TID direction corresponding to the device sending the first frame. Bidirectional includes the upstream direction and the downstream direction. For another example, if the service identification direction subfield occupies 2 bits, it is used to indicate whether the TID is an uplink direction, a downlink direction or bidirectional. For example, 10 indicates the upstream direction, 01 indicates the downstream direction, 11 indicates the bidirectional direction, and 00 is the reserved value.
示例性的,根据业务标识方向子字段,确定业务标识方向为下行方向,则表示当前映射关系适用于下行传输过程中。Exemplarily, according to the service identification direction subfield, it is determined that the service identification direction is the downlink direction, indicating that the current mapping relationship is suitable for the downlink transmission process.
方式4、业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第七取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。第五子字段的第八取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。第五子字段的第九取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。Mode 4. The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Relationship, indicating the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links. The eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the link identifier and the bitmap of the service identifier. The ninth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link. .
可选的,图7示出了业务标识与链路映射信息字段的帧结构的示意图二。如图7所示,控制字段中包括标记方式子字段,占用2个比特,用于指示控制字段中包括业务标识(TID)子字段、链路标识(link ID)子字段、业务标识的比特位图(bitmap of TIDs)子字段、或者链路的比特位图(bitmap of links)子字段。Optionally, FIG. 7 shows schematic diagram 2 of the frame structure of the service identifier and link mapping information field. As shown in Figure 7, the control field includes a marking mode subfield, occupying 2 bits, and is used to indicate that the control field includes a service identification (TID) subfield, a link identification (link ID) subfield, and the bits of the service identification. The bitmap of TIDs subfield, or the bitmap of links subfield of the link.
一示例中,如图7所示,标记方式子字段取值为00时,控制字段包括业务标识子字段,用于指示TID。相应的,业务标识或链路的比特位图字段,用于指示链路的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In an example, as shown in FIG. 7 , when the value of the marking mode subfield is 00, the control field includes a service identification subfield, which is used to indicate the TID. Correspondingly, the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
又一示例中,如图7所示,标记方式子字段取值为01时,控制字段包括链路标识子字段,用于指示链路标识。相应的,业务标识或链路的比特位图字段,用于指示业务标识的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In another example, as shown in FIG. 7 , when the marking mode subfield takes a value of 01, the control field includes a link identification subfield, which is used to indicate the link identification. Correspondingly, the bitmap field of the service identifier or link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier. That is, the service ID and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the link ID and the bitmap of the service ID.
又示例中,如图7所示,标记方式子字段取值为10时,控制字段包括业务标识的比特位图子字段,用于指示业务标识的比特位图。相应的,业务标识或链路的比特位 图字段,用于指示链路的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用业务标识的比特位图和链路的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In another example, as shown in FIG. 7 , when the value of the marking mode subfield is 10, the control field includes the bitmap subfield of the service identifier, which is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier. Correspondingly, the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
再一示例中,如图7所示,标记方式子字段取值为11时,控制字段包括链路的比特位图子字段,用于指示链路的比特位图。相应的,业务标识或链路的比特位图字段,用于指示业务标识的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In another example, as shown in FIG. 7 , when the value of the marking mode subfield is 11, the control field includes the bitmap subfield of the link, which is used to indicate the bitmap of the link. Correspondingly, the bitmap field of the service identifier or link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier.
需要说明的是,图7中所示帧结构的其他字段或子字段的描述可参见上述方式3中,关于图6所示帧结构的相关描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the description of other fields or subfields of the frame structure shown in FIG. 7 , reference may be made to the foregoing mode 3, and the relevant description of the frame structure shown in FIG. 6 will not be repeated here.
方式5、业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。第五子字段的第十一取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用业务标识的比特位图和链路的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。Mode 5. The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field using the service identifier and the bitmap of the link. Relationship, indicating the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links. The eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the correspondence between the bitmap of the service identifier and the bitmap of the link to indicate the mapping between the service identifier and the link. relation.
可选的,图8示出了业务标识与链路映射信息字段的帧结构的示意图三。如图8所示,控制字段中包括标记方式子字段,占用1个比特,用于指示控制字段中包括业务标识(TID)子字段,或者业务标识或链路的比特位图(bitmap of TIDs/links)子字段。Optionally, FIG. 8 shows schematic diagram 3 of the frame structure of the service identifier and link mapping information field. As shown in Figure 8, the control field includes a marking mode subfield, occupying 1 bit, which is used to indicate that the control field includes a service identifier (TID) subfield, or a service identifier or a bitmap of the link (bitmap of TIDs/ links) subfield.
一示例中,如图8所示,标记方式子字段取值为0时,控制字段包括业务标识子字段,用于指示TID。相应的,业务标识或链路的比特位图字段,用于指示链路的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用业务标识和链路的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In an example, as shown in FIG. 8 , when the marking mode subfield takes a value of 0, the control field includes a service identification subfield, which is used to indicate the TID. Correspondingly, the service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the service identifier and the bitmap of the link.
又一示例中,如图8所示,标记方式子字段取值为1时,控制字段包括业务标识或链路的比特位图子字段,用于指示业务标识或链路的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。比如,若业务标识或链路的比特位图子字段用于指示链路的比特位图,则相应的业务标识或链路的比特位图字段用于指示业务标识的比特位图。又比如,若业务标识或链路的比特位图子字段用于指示业务标识的比特位图,则相应的业务标识或链路的比特位图字段用于指示链路的比特位图。In another example, as shown in FIG. 8 , when the marking mode subfield is 1, the control field includes a service identifier or a link bitmap subfield, which is used to indicate a service identifier or a link bitmap. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier. For example, if the service identifier or link bitmap subfield is used to indicate the link bitmap, the corresponding service identifier or link bitmap field is used to indicate the service identifier bitmap. For another example, if the service identifier or the bitmap subfield of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier, the corresponding service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link.
需要说明的是,图8中所示帧结构的其他字段或子字段的描述可参见上述方式3中,关于图6所示帧结构的相关描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the description of other fields or subfields of the frame structure shown in FIG. 8 , reference may be made to the foregoing mode 3, and the relevant description of the frame structure shown in FIG. 6 will not be repeated here.
方式6、业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,第五子字段的第十二取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。第五子字段的第十三取值,用于指示业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。Mode 6. The service identification and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identification and link mapping information field utilizes the bitmap of the link identification and the service identification The corresponding relationship indicates the mapping relationship between service identifiers and links. The thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate the correspondence between the service identifier and the link mapping information field by using the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier to indicate the mapping between the service identifier and the link. relation.
可选的,图9示出了业务标识与链路映射信息字段的帧结构的示意图四。如图9所示,控制字段中包括标记方式子字段,占用1个比特,用于指示控制字段中包括链路标识(link ID)子字段,或者业务标识或链路的比特位图(bitmap of TIDs/links)子 字段。Optionally, FIG. 9 shows schematic diagram 4 of the frame structure of the service identifier and link mapping information field. As shown in Figure 9, the control field includes a marking mode subfield, occupying 1 bit, which is used to indicate that the control field includes a link ID (link ID) subfield, or a service ID or a bitmap of the link (bitmap of TIDs/links) subfield.
一示例中,如图9所示,标记方式子字段取值为0时,控制字段包括链路标识子字段,用于指示链路标识。相应的,业务标识或链路的比特位图字段,用于指示业务标识的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用链路标识和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。In an example, as shown in FIG. 9 , when the marking mode subfield takes a value of 0, the control field includes a link identification subfield, which is used to indicate the link identification. Correspondingly, the bitmap field of the service identifier or link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier. That is, the service ID and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service ID and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the link ID and the bitmap of the service ID.
又一示例中,如图9所示,标记方式子字段取值为1时,控制字段包括业务标识或链路的比特位图子字段,用于指示业务标识或链路的比特位图。即,业务标识与链路映射信息字段,用于利用链路的比特位图和业务标识的比特位图的对应关系,指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。比如,若业务标识或链路的比特位图子字段用于指示链路的比特位图,则相应的业务标识或链路的比特位图字段用于指示业务标识的比特位图。又比如,若业务标识或链路的比特位图子字段用于指示业务标识的比特位图,则相应的业务标识或链路的比特位图字段用于指示链路的比特位图。In yet another example, as shown in FIG. 9 , when the marking mode subfield takes a value of 1, the control field includes a service identifier or a link bitmap subfield, which is used to indicate a service identifier or a link bitmap. That is, the service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by using the corresponding relationship between the bitmap of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier. For example, if the service identifier or link bitmap subfield is used to indicate the link bitmap, the corresponding service identifier or link bitmap field is used to indicate the service identifier bitmap. For another example, if the service identifier or the bitmap subfield of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the service identifier, the corresponding service identifier or the bitmap field of the link is used to indicate the bitmap of the link.
需要说明的是,图9中所示帧结构的其他字段或子字段的描述可参见上述方式3中,关于图6所示帧结构的相关描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the description of other fields or subfields of the frame structure shown in FIG. 9 , reference may be made to the above-mentioned mode 3, and the relevant description of the frame structure shown in FIG. 6 will not be repeated here.
如此,通过上述6种方式中的任一种方式,灵活的实现传输业务标识映射信息,从而使得响应端设备,能够快速获知业务标识与链路之间的映射关系,完成TID-to-link mapping协商。In this way, through any of the above six methods, the transmission of service identification mapping information can be flexibly realized, so that the responding end device can quickly learn the mapping relationship between the service identification and the link, and complete the TID-to-link mapping. negotiate.
可选的,业务标识与链路映射信息字段中可携带全部或部分业务标识与链路之间的映射信息。若业务标识与链路映射信息字段中携带部分业务标识的映射信息或者部分链路的映射信息,则其他未携带的映射信息默认不变。Optionally, the service identifier and link mapping information field may carry all or part of the mapping information between the service identifier and the link. If the service identifier and link mapping information field carries the mapping information of part of the service identifier or the mapping information of part of the link, other mapping information not carried by default remains unchanged.
示例性的,链路包括链路1-链路5,业务标识与链路映射信息字段中指示了链路1-链路4分别与业务标识的映射关系,则链路5保持原映射关系不变。Exemplarily, the link includes link 1-link 5, and the service identifier and link mapping information field indicates the mapping relationship between link 1-link 4 and the service identifier respectively, then link 5 keeps the original mapping relationship unchanged. Change.
可选的,在STA MLD和AP MLD之间的链路中,预设一条链路作为锚链路(anchor link),则任意TID与锚链路之间具有映射关系。即任意TID都可以在锚链路上传输。业务标识与链路映射信息字段中可以指示或不指示TID与锚链路之间的映射关系。若不指示,则可以利用其它字段指示锚链路信息,STA MLD和AP MLD根据锚链路信息,将TID与锚链路建立映射关系。Optionally, in the link between the STA MLD and the AP MLD, a link is preset as an anchor link, and there is a mapping relationship between any TID and the anchor link. That is, any TID can be transmitted on the anchor link. The mapping relationship between the TID and the anchor link may or may not be indicated in the service identifier and link mapping information field. If not indicated, other fields can be used to indicate the anchor link information, and the STA MLD and the AP MLD establish a mapping relationship between the TID and the anchor link according to the anchor link information.
以上是对本申请实施例提供的第一帧的介绍,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。The above is an introduction to the first frame provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is uniformly described here, and will not be repeated below.
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法流程示意图一。如图10所示,该方法包括以下步骤:FIG. 10 is a first schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the method includes the following steps:
S101、第一设备生成第一帧。S101. A first device generates a first frame.
其中,第一设备为请求端设备,可以为STA MLD或者AP MLD。Wherein, the first device is a requester device, which may be a STA MLD or an AP MLD.
可选的,第一帧包含重映射原因信息,该重映射原因信息用于指示重映射原因。Optionally, the first frame includes remapping reason information, where the remapping reason information is used to indicate the remapping reason.
可以理解的是,若第一设备初次请求建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系,重映射原因即表示映射原因,即重映射原因信息也可以描述为映射原因信息。It can be understood that, if the first device initially requests to establish the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link, the remapping reason indicates the mapping reason, that is, the remapping reason information can also be described as the mapping reason information.
可选的,第一帧中携带的信息,包含以下情形之一:Optionally, the information carried in the first frame includes one of the following situations:
情形1、第一帧中包含第一重映射原因信息。 Case 1. The first frame contains the first remapping reason information.
在一些实施例中,参见上表6所示,第一设备请求建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系的请求方式为请求TID-to-link mapping参数,则需要将重映射原因发送至第二 设备,以避免第二设备提供的TID-to-link mapping参数不适用于第一设备的业务标识和链路情况。In some embodiments, as shown in Table 6 above, the first device requests the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link by requesting the TID-to-link mapping parameter, and then the remapping reason needs to be sent to the first device. Second device, to avoid that the TID-to-link mapping parameter provided by the second device is not applicable to the service identifier and link situation of the first device.
情形2、第一帧中包含第一重映射原因信息以及第一业务标识映射信息。Scenario 2: The first frame includes first remapping reason information and first service identifier mapping information.
其中,第一业务标识映射信息是基于第一重映射原因,第一业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第一映射关系。The first service identifier mapping information is based on the first remapping reason, and the first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the first mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
可选的,第一设备可以根据重映射原因,首先确定一组业务标识与链路的映射关系。那么后续,第二设备可以选择接受,修改或更换该映射关系,提高协商效率。Optionally, the first device may first determine a mapping relationship between a set of service identifiers and links according to the remapping reason. Then, subsequently, the second device may choose to accept, modify or replace the mapping relationship to improve negotiation efficiency.
在一些实施例中,参见上表6所示,第一设备请求建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系的请求方式为建议TID-to-link mapping参数,或者请求方式为要求TID-to-link mapping参数,则需要提供TID-to-link mapping参数,即提供第一业务标识映射信息。In some embodiments, as shown in Table 6 above, the request method for the first device to request to establish the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is to suggest a TID-to-link mapping parameter, or the request method is to require a TID-to-link mapping parameter. For the link mapping parameter, you need to provide the TID-to-link mapping parameter, that is, provide the first service identifier mapping information.
需要说明的是,第一帧中包含的其他信息,参见上述对第一帧的帧格式的描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for other information contained in the first frame, refer to the above description of the frame format of the first frame, and details are not repeated here.
S102、第一设备向第二设备发送第一帧。相应的,第二设备接收第一设备发送的第一帧。S102. The first device sends the first frame to the second device. Correspondingly, the second device receives the first frame sent by the first device.
S103、第二设备解析第一帧。S103. The second device parses the first frame.
可选的,第二设备在接收到第一帧,并解析第一帧后,获得重映射原因信息,进而确定第一设备请求建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系的原因。Optionally, after receiving the first frame and parsing the first frame, the second device obtains the remapping reason information, and further determines the reason why the first device requests to establish the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
进一步的,后续第二设备能够根据该原因建立业务标识与链路之间的映射关系,从而避免建立的映射关系不满足第一设备要求,导致的TID-to-link mapping协商失败,提高TID-to-link mapping协商效率。Further, the subsequent second device can establish a mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link according to the reason, thereby avoiding the established mapping relationship that does not meet the requirements of the first device, resulting in failure of TID-to-link mapping negotiation, and improving TID-to-link mapping. to-link mapping negotiation efficiency.
可选的,第二设备在接收到第一帧之后,第二设备可以采用图11所示的实施例来反馈第二帧。图11为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程图二。如图11所示,该方法包括以下步骤:Optionally, after the second device receives the first frame, the second device may use the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 to feed back the second frame. FIG. 11 is a second flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the method includes the following steps:
S201、第二设备生成第二帧。S201. The second device generates a second frame.
其中,第二帧的帧格式可以参考上述对第一帧的帧格式的介绍。For the frame format of the second frame, reference may be made to the above description of the frame format of the first frame.
可选的,针对上述第一帧中携带的信息的情形1,第二帧中携带的信息,包含以下情形之一:Optionally, for the above-mentioned situation 1 of the information carried in the first frame, the information carried in the second frame includes one of the following situations:
情形1-1:第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息。Scenario 1-1: The second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information.
其中,第二业务标识映射信息是基于第一重映射原因,第二业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系。The second service identifier mapping information is based on the first remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
具体的,第二设备基于第一重映射原因,并结合自身的一些考虑因素,如对链路传输速率的需求等,确定业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系,生成第二帧。Specifically, the second device determines the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link based on the first remapping reason and some of its own considerations, such as the requirement for the link transmission rate, to generate the second frame.
可选的,在情形1和情形1-1所述的场景中,第一帧可以描述为业务标识与链路映射请求帧(TID-to-link mapping request frame),相应的,第二帧可以描述为业务标识与链路映射响应帧(TID-to-link mapping response frame)。Optionally, in the scenarios described in Scenario 1 and Scenario 1-1, the first frame may be described as a service identifier and link mapping request frame (TID-to-link mapping request frame), and correspondingly, the second frame may be described as a TID-to-link mapping request frame. Described as service identification and link mapping response frame (TID-to-link mapping response frame).
情形1-2:第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息和第二重映射原因信息。Scenario 1-2: The second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information and the second remapping reason information.
具体的,第二设备在根据第一重映射原因确定第二业务标识映射信息后,还可以根据自身的业务标识和链路情况,确定第二重映射原因信息。进而后续第一设备在接收到第二帧后,若需要修改或更换TID-to-link mapping参数,能够根据第二重映射原 因信息确定TID-to-link mapping参数,提高协商效率。或者,第一设备能够根据第一重映射原因信息和第二重映射原因信息,对TID-to-link mapping参数进行再次确认,避免映射关系错误。Specifically, after determining the second service identifier mapping information according to the first remapping cause, the second device may also determine the second remapping cause information according to its own service identifier and link conditions. Then, after the first device receives the second frame, if it is necessary to modify or replace the TID-to-link mapping parameter, it can determine the TID-to-link mapping parameter according to the second remapping reason information to improve the negotiation efficiency. Or, the first device can re-confirm the TID-to-link mapping parameter according to the first remapping reason information and the second remapping reason information, so as to avoid an error in the mapping relationship.
可选的,在情形1和情形1-2所述的场景中,第一帧可以描述为业务标识与链路映射查询帧(TID-to-link mapping query frame),相应的,第二帧可以描述为业务标识与链路映射请求帧(TID-to-link mapping request frame)。那么,第一设备在接收到第二帧后,还可以向第二设备发送业务标识与链路映射响应帧(TID-to-link mapping response frame)。Optionally, in the scenarios described in Scenario 1 and Scenario 1-2, the first frame may be described as a service identifier and link mapping query frame (TID-to-link mapping query frame), and correspondingly, the second frame may be described as a TID-to-link mapping query frame. Described as service identification and link mapping request frame (TID-to-link mapping request frame). Then, after receiving the second frame, the first device may also send a service identifier and a link mapping response frame (TID-to-link mapping response frame) to the second device.
可选的,针对上述第一帧中携带的信息的情形2,第二帧中携带的信息,包含以下情形之一:Optionally, for the above-mentioned situation 2 of the information carried in the first frame, the information carried in the second frame includes one of the following situations:
情形2-1、第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息和/或状态码。Scenario 2-1. The second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information and/or the status code.
其中,第二业务标识映射信息为修改或更换后的业务标识映射信息。状态码用于指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系是否建立成功。可选的,若业务标识与链路之间的映射关系建立失败,则状态码中携带建立失败的原因。The second service identifier mapping information is modified or replaced service identifier mapping information. The status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established. Optionally, if the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link fails, the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
在一些实施例中,第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息和状态码。如上表6所示,第二设备的应答方式为更换TID-to-link mapping参数,或者指定TID-to-link mapping参数。在第二帧中携带修改或更换后的业务标识映射信息,并指明失败原因。进而后续,第一设备能够根据状态码,确定是否接受第二业务标识映射信息。In some embodiments, the second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information and the status code. As shown in Table 6 above, the response method of the second device is to replace the TID-to-link mapping parameter, or specify the TID-to-link mapping parameter. The second frame carries the modified or replaced service identification mapping information, and indicates the failure reason. Further, subsequently, the first device can determine whether to accept the second service identifier mapping information according to the status code.
在另一些实施例中,第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息。该第二业务标识映射信息可以为修改或更换后的业务标识映射信息。或者,第二业务标识映射信息可以与第一业务标识映射信息相同,后续由第一设备再次对业务标识映射信息进行确认。In other embodiments, the second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information. The second service identifier mapping information may be modified or replaced service identifier mapping information. Alternatively, the second service identifier mapping information may be the same as the first service identifier mapping information, and the first device subsequently confirms the service identifier mapping information again.
在又一些实施例中,第二帧中携带状态码。第二设备将状态码作为应答指示,包括肯定应答(acknowledgement,ACK)或否定应答(negative acknowledgement,NACK)。比如,状态码用于指示已建立TID-to-link mapping协议。又比如,状态码用于指示TID-to-link mapping协议建立失败。再比如,状态码用于指示拒绝建立TID-to-link mapping协议。In yet other embodiments, the status code is carried in the second frame. The second device uses the status code as an acknowledgement indication, including a positive acknowledgement (ACK) or a negative acknowledgement (NACK). For example, the status code is used to indicate that the TID-to-link mapping protocol has been established. For another example, the status code is used to indicate that the establishment of the TID-to-link mapping protocol fails. For another example, the status code is used to indicate refusal to establish the TID-to-link mapping protocol.
情形2-2:第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息和/或状态码,以及第二重映射原因信息。Scenario 2-2: The second frame carries the second service identifier mapping information and/or status code, and the second remapping reason information.
具体的,当前场景中第二重映射原因信息的作用可以参见情形1-2中的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the role of the second remapping cause information in the current scenario, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in Scenario 1-2, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,在情形2和情形2-1,或者在情形2和情形2-2所述的场景中,第一帧可以描述为业务标识与链路映射建立帧(TID-to-link mapping setup frame),相应的,第二帧可以描述为业务标识与链路映射建立帧(TID-to-link mapping setup frame)。Optionally, in Scenario 2 and Scenario 2-1, or in the scenarios described in Scenario 2 and Scenario 2-2, the first frame may be described as a TID-to-link mapping setup frame (TID-to-link mapping setup). frame), correspondingly, the second frame can be described as a service identification and link mapping setup frame (TID-to-link mapping setup frame).
需要说明的是,第二帧中包含的其他信息,参见上述对第一帧的帧格式的描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for other information contained in the second frame, refer to the above description of the frame format of the first frame, and details are not repeated here.
S202、第二设备向第一设备发送第二帧。相应的,第一设备接收第二设备发送的第二帧。S202. The second device sends a second frame to the first device. Correspondingly, the first device receives the second frame sent by the second device.
S203、第一设备解析第二帧。S203. The first device parses the second frame.
基于上述方案,一方面,基于上述情形1、情形1-1、情形1-2所示场景,第二设 备能够根据重映射原因以及自身的情况,确定业务标识与链路之间的映射关系。那么,该映射关系不会导致第一设备无法完成映射关系的建立,避免协商失败,提高协商效率。另一方面,基于上述情形2、情形2-1、情形2-2所示场景,第二设备能够根据重映射原因以及自身的情况,对接收到的业务标识与链路之间的映射关系进行修改或更换。同样的,修改或更换后的映射关系不会导致第一设备无法完成映射关系的建立,避免协商失败,提高协商效率。Based on the above solution, on the one hand, based on the scenarios shown in the above scenario 1, scenario 1-1, and scenario 1-2, the second device can determine the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link according to the remapping reason and its own situation. Then, the mapping relationship will not cause the first device to fail to complete the establishment of the mapping relationship, thereby avoiding negotiation failure and improving negotiation efficiency. On the other hand, based on the scenarios shown in Scenario 2, Scenario 2-1, and Scenario 2-2, the second device can perform the mapping relationship between the received service identifier and the link according to the reason for remapping and its own situation. modify or replace. Likewise, the modified or replaced mapping relationship will not cause the first device to fail to complete the establishment of the mapping relationship, thereby avoiding negotiation failure and improving negotiation efficiency.
如此,第一设备和第二设备通过有限次协商,即可确定业务标识与链路之间的映射关系,提高了协商效率。In this way, the first device and the second device can determine the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link through a limited number of negotiations, which improves the negotiation efficiency.
可选的,第一设备在接收到第二帧之后,第一设备可以采用图12所示的实施例来反馈第三帧。图12为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程图三。如图12所示,该方法包括以下步骤:Optionally, after the first device receives the second frame, the first device may use the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 to feed back the third frame. FIG. 12 is a third flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the method includes the following steps:
S301、第一设备生成第三帧。S301. The first device generates a third frame.
S302、第一设备向第二设备发送第三帧。相应的,第二设备接收第一设备发送的第三帧。S302. The first device sends a third frame to the second device. Correspondingly, the second device receives the third frame sent by the first device.
其中,第三帧用于指示对第二帧的肯定应答或否定应答。即表示第一设备是否接受第二映射关系,或者表示第二映射关系是否建立成功。Wherein, the third frame is used to indicate a positive response or a negative response to the second frame. That is, it indicates whether the first device accepts the second mapping relationship, or indicates whether the second mapping relationship is successfully established.
如此,第二设备在接收到第三帧后,能够确定TID-to-link mapping是否建立成功。In this way, after receiving the third frame, the second device can determine whether the TID-to-link mapping is successfully established.
图13示出了参与通信的AP MLD和STA MLD的结构示意图。802.11标准关注AP MLD和STA MLD中的802.11物理层(physical layer,PHY)和MAC层部分。FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of the AP MLD and the STA MLD participating in the communication. The 802.11 standard focuses on the 802.11 physical layer (PHY) and MAC layer parts in AP MLD and STA MLD.
如图13中(a)所示,AP MLD包括的多个AP在低MAC(low MAC)层和PHY层互相独立,在高MAC(high MAC)层也互相独立。STA MLD包括的多个STA在低MAC层和PHY层互相独立,在高MAC层也互相独立。As shown in (a) of Figure 13, the multiple APs included in the AP MLD are independent of each other at the low MAC (low MAC) layer and the PHY layer, and are also independent of each other at the high MAC (high MAC) layer. The multiple STAs included in the STA MLD are independent of each other at the low MAC layer and PHY layer, and are also independent of each other at the high MAC layer.
如图13中(b)所示,AP MLD中包括的多个AP在低MAC层和PHY层互相独立,共享高MAC层。STA MLD中包括的多个STA在低MAC层和PHY层互相独立,共享高MAC层。As shown in (b) of Figure 13, multiple APs included in the AP MLD are independent of each other in the low MAC layer and the PHY layer, and share the high MAC layer. Multiple STAs included in the STA MLD are independent of each other in the low MAC layer and the PHY layer, and share the high MAC layer.
当然,STA MLD可以是采用高MAC层相互独立的结构,而AP MLD采用高MAC层共享的结构。或者,STA MLD采用高MAC层共享的结构,AP MLD采用高MAC层相互独立的结构。示例性的,该高MAC层或低MAC层都可以由多链路设备的芯片系统中的一个处理器实现,还可以分别由一个芯片系统中的不同处理模块实现。Of course, the STA MLD may adopt a structure in which the high MAC layers are independent of each other, while the AP MLD adopts a structure shared by the high MAC layers. Alternatively, the STA MLD adopts a structure in which the upper MAC layers are shared, and the AP MLD adopts a structure in which the higher MAC layers are independent of each other. Exemplarily, both the high MAC layer and the low MAC layer may be implemented by a processor in a system-on-a-chip of a multi-link device, and may also be implemented by different processing modules in a system-on-a-chip respectively.
可以看出,多链路设备中,低MAC层独立的结构,使得每一STA或AP的低MAC层分别对应各自的链路。在链路上传输管理帧,是将管理帧发送至链路对应的低MAC层。在现有技术中,若某条链路失效或不可达,则会导致需要发送至该条链路对应的低MAC层的管理帧发送失败。It can be seen that, in the multi-link device, the low MAC layer is independent, so that the low MAC layer of each STA or AP corresponds to its own link. To transmit the management frame on the link is to send the management frame to the lower MAC layer corresponding to the link. In the prior art, if a certain link fails or is unreachable, the management frame that needs to be sent to the lower MAC layer corresponding to the link will fail to be sent.
基于此,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法。图14为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程图四。如图14所示,该方法包括以下步骤:Based on this, an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method. FIG. 14 is a fourth flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the method includes the following steps:
S401、第一设备在第一链路上,向第二设备发送失效的第二链路上的管理帧和目标链路标识。相应的,第二设备在第一链路上接收第一设备发送的管理帧和目标链路标识。S401. On the first link, the first device sends a management frame and a target link identifier on the failed second link to the second device. Correspondingly, the second device receives the management frame and the target link identifier sent by the first device on the first link.
其中,管理帧为第一设备发送给第二设备中某一模块的单播管理帧,目标链路标 识用于指向该模块。具体的,目标链路标识用于指示接收端多链路设备将接收到的管理帧转发至目标链路标识对应的模块。其中,模块是指MLD设备中的某一设备。比如,AP MLD中的某一AP。又比如,STA MLD中的某一STA。The management frame is a unicast management frame sent by the first device to a module in the second device, and the target link identifier is used to point to the module. Specifically, the target link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end multi-link device to forward the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier. The module refers to a certain device in the MLD device. For example, an AP in the AP MLD. Another example is a certain STA in the STA MLD.
可选的,第一设备还在第一链路上发送汇报链路标识。其中,汇报链路标识对应的链路为发送管理帧的第一链路,汇报链路标识用于指示接收端MLD在汇报链路标识对应的第一链路上发送响应帧。Optionally, the first device also sends the reporting link identifier on the first link. The link corresponding to the reporting link identifier is the first link for sending the management frame, and the reporting link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end MLD to send a response frame on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier.
在一些实施例中,管理帧包括汇报链路标识符(reporting link ID)和目标链路标识符(destination link ID)。其中,汇报链路标识符包括汇报链路标识,用于指示实际发送该管理帧的链路的标识。目标链路标识符包括目标链路标识,用于指示需要转发到的最终链路的标识。In some embodiments, the management frame includes a reporting link identifier (reporting link ID) and a destination link identifier (destination link ID). The reporting link identifier includes a reporting link identifier, which is used to indicate the identifier of the link that actually sends the management frame. The target link identifier includes the target link identifier, which is used to indicate the identifier of the final link to be forwarded to.
示例性的,目标链路标识和汇报链路标识携带在MAC帧的聚合控制(aggregated control,A-control)字段中。Exemplarily, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in an aggregated control (aggregated control, A-control) field of the MAC frame.
在另一些实施例中,定义新的功能帧,将管理帧,目标链路标识以及汇报链路标识携带在功能帧的帧体中。进而实现将该管理帧,目标链路标识以及汇报链路标识携带在新定义的功能帧中进行透传。In other embodiments, a new functional frame is defined, and the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame. Further, the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the newly defined function frame for transparent transmission.
示例性的,如下表8所示,示出新定义的功能帧中携带的部分信息。其中,目标链路标识和汇报链路标识携带在X元素中。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 8 below, part of the information carried in the newly defined function frame is shown. The target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the X element.
表8Table 8
次序 order 信息information
11 类别字段(category)Category field (category)
22 功能字段(action)Function field (action)
33 透传的管理帧Transparent management frame
44 X元素(element)X element
此外,图15示出了一种透传的管理帧的帧格式示意图。如图15所示,透传的管理帧包括管理MPDU的长度(MMPDU length)字段,管理MPDU的帧控制(MMPDU frame control)字段,以及管理MPDU的帧体(MMPDU frame body)字段。In addition, FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of a frame format of a transparently transmitted management frame. As shown in Figure 15, the transparently transmitted management frame includes a management MPDU length (MMPDU length) field, a management MPDU frame control (MMPDU frame control) field, and a management MPDU frame body (MMPDU frame body) field.
S402、第二设备根据目标链路标识,确定将接收到的管理帧转发至目标链路标识对应的模块。S402. The second device determines to forward the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier according to the target link identifier.
示例性的,如图2所示,第一设备为AP MLD,第二设备为STA MLD,AP MLD需要利用链路2向STA#2发送管理帧。假设汇报链路标识对应链路1,目标链路标识对应链路2。此时若链路2失效,则AP MLD利用链路1向STA#1发送管理帧。STA#1接收到管理帧后,确定目标链路标识对应链路2,即对应STA#2,则将接收到的管理帧转发至STA#2。可选的,STA#1还可以根据汇报链路标识,在汇报链路标识对应的链路1上发送响应帧,以通知AP MLD管理帧是否发送成功。该响应帧包括肯定应答或否定应答。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 2 , the first device is an AP MLD, the second device is a STA MLD, and the AP MLD needs to use link 2 to send a management frame to STA#2. It is assumed that the reporting link identifier corresponds to link 1, and the target link identifier corresponds to link 2. At this time, if link 2 fails, the AP MLD uses link 1 to send a management frame to STA#1. After receiving the management frame, STA#1 determines that the target link identifier corresponds to link 2, that is, corresponds to STA#2, and forwards the received management frame to STA#2. Optionally, STA#1 may also send a response frame on the link 1 corresponding to the reporting link identifier according to the reporting link identifier, to notify the AP whether the MLD management frame is sent successfully. The response frame includes an acknowledgment or a negative acknowledgment.
如此,利用目标链路标识,在某些链路失效或不可达的情况下,也能够将应该发送的管理帧,发送至失效或不可达的链路对应的低MAC层,避免管理帧发送失败。In this way, by using the target link identifier, in the case of failure or unreachability of some links, the management frame that should be sent can also be sent to the lower MAC layer corresponding to the failed or unreachable link, so as to avoid the failure of sending management frames. .
应理解,图14所示的实施例可以和前文中的图10,图11或图12所示的实施例 相结合。It should be understood that the embodiment shown in Fig. 14 may be combined with the embodiment shown in Fig. 10, Fig. 11 or Fig. 12 in the foregoing description.
上述主要从数据传输装置(例如第一设备、第二设备)的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,数据传输装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行每一个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of the data transmission apparatus (eg, the first device and the second device). It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, the data transmission apparatus includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应每一个功能划分每一个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个功能模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应每一个功能划分每一个功能模块为例进行说明:In this embodiment of the present application, the device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one functional module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. The division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each function module corresponding to each function to illustrate:
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输装置的结构示意图。如图16所示,数据传输装置1600包括:处理模块1601和通信模块1602。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16 , the data transmission apparatus 1600 includes: a processing module 1601 and a communication module 1602 .
一种可能的设计中,当数据传输装置1600作为第一设备时,处理模块1601用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图10中的步骤S101,和/或用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图12中的步骤S301。通信模块1602用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图10中的步骤S102,和/或用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图11中的步骤S202,和/或用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图12中的步骤S302,和/或用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图14中的步骤S401。In a possible design, when the data transmission apparatus 1600 is used as the first device, the processing module 1601 is used to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S101 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform the step S101 in FIG. step S301. The communication module 1602 is used for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S102 in FIG. 10 , and/or for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S202 in FIG. 11 , and/or for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform the step S202 in FIG. 12 . , and/or the apparatus 1600 for supporting data transmission to perform step S401 in FIG. 14 .
另一种可能的设计中,当该数据传输装置1600作为第二设备时,处理模块1601用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图10中的步骤S103,和/或用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图11中的步骤S201,和/或用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图14中的步骤S402。通信模块1602用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图10中的步骤S102,和/或用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图11中的步骤S202,和/或用于支持数据传输装置1600执行图12中的步骤S301。In another possible design, when the data transmission apparatus 1600 is used as the second device, the processing module 1601 is used to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S103 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform the diagram of Step S201 in 11, and/or the apparatus for supporting data transmission 1600 to perform step S402 in FIG. 14 . The communication module 1602 is used for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S102 in FIG. 10 , and/or for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform step S202 in FIG. 11 , and/or for supporting the data transmission apparatus 1600 to perform the step S202 in FIG. 12 . step S301.
可选的,通信模块1602可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,接收模块用于接收其他设备发送的数据。发送模块用于向其他设备发送数据。本申请实施例对通信模块1602的具体实现方式,不做具体限定。Optionally, the communication module 1602 may include a receiving module and a sending module. Among them, the receiving module is used to receive data sent by other devices. The sending module is used to send data to other devices. The specific implementation manner of the communication module 1602 is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选地,图16所示的数据传输装置1600还可以包括存储模块(图16中未示出),该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块1601执行该程序或指令时,使得图16所示的数据传输装置1600可以执行图10、图11,图12或图14所示的数据传输方法。Optionally, the data transmission apparatus 1600 shown in FIG. 16 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 16 ), and the storage module stores programs or instructions. When the processing module 1601 executes the program or instruction, the data transmission apparatus 1600 shown in FIG. 16 can execute the data transmission method shown in FIG. 10 , FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 or FIG. 14 .
图16所示的数据传输装置1600的技术效果可以参考图10、图11,图12或图14所示的数据传输方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effect of the data transmission apparatus 1600 shown in FIG. 16 , reference may be made to the technical effect of the data transmission method shown in FIG. 10 , FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 or FIG. 14 , which will not be repeated here.
图16所示的数据传输装置1600中涉及的处理模块可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,可以为处理器或处理单元。该数据传输装置1600中的各个模块的操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图10、图11,图12或图14所示的数据传输方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The processing modules involved in the data transmission apparatus 1600 shown in FIG. 16 may be implemented by processors or processor-related circuit components, and may be processors or processing units. The operations and/or functions of each module in the data transmission apparatus 1600 are respectively to implement the corresponding flow of the data transmission method shown in FIG. 10 , FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 or FIG.
图17是本申请实施例所述的数据传输装置可能的产品形态的结构图。FIG. 17 is a structural diagram of a possible product form of the data transmission device according to the embodiment of the present application.
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的数据传输装置可以为上述第一设备,所述数据传输装置包括处理器1701和收发器1702。可选的,所述数据传输装置还包括存储器1703。As a possible product form, the data transmission apparatus described in this embodiment of the present application may be the above-mentioned first device, and the data transmission apparatus includes a processor 1701 and a transceiver 1702 . Optionally, the data transmission apparatus further includes a memory 1703 .
处理器1701用于支持数据传输装置执行图10中的步骤S101,和/或用于支持数据传输装置执行图12中的步骤S301。收发器1702用于支持数据传输装置执行图10中的步骤S102,和/或用于支持数据传输装置执行图11中的步骤S202,和/或用于支持数据传输装置执行图12中的步骤S302,和/或用于支持数据传输装置执行图14中的步骤S401。The processor 1701 is configured to support the data transmission apparatus to perform step S101 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission apparatus to perform step S301 in FIG. 12 . The transceiver 1702 is configured to support the data transmission device to perform step S102 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission device to perform step S202 in FIG. 11 , and/or to support the data transmission device to perform step S302 in FIG. 12 , and/or the apparatus for supporting data transmission to perform step S401 in FIG. 14 .
作为另一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的数据传输装置可以为上述第二设备,所述数据传输装置包括处理器1701和收发器1702。可选的,所述数据传输装置还包括存储器1703。As another possible product form, the data transmission apparatus described in this embodiment of the present application may be the above-mentioned second device, and the data transmission apparatus includes a processor 1701 and a transceiver 1702 . Optionally, the data transmission apparatus further includes a memory 1703 .
处理器1701用于支持数据传输装置执行图10中的步骤S103,和/或用于支持数据传输装置执行图11中的步骤S201,和/或用于支持数据传输装置执行图14中的步骤S402。收发器1702用于支持数据传输装置执行图10中的步骤S102,和/或用于支持数据传输装置执行图11中的步骤S202,和/或用于支持数据传输装置执行图12中的步骤S301。The processor 1701 is configured to support the data transmission device to perform step S103 in FIG. 10 , and/or to support the data transmission device to perform step S201 in FIG. 11 , and/or to support the data transmission device to perform step S402 in FIG. 14 . The transceiver 1702 is used for supporting the data transmission device to perform step S102 in FIG. 10 , and/or for supporting the data transmission device to perform step S202 in FIG. 11 , and/or for supporting the data transmission device to perform step S301 in FIG. 12 .
作为另一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的数据传输装置也可以由芯片来实现。该芯片包括:处理电路1701和收发管脚1702。可选的,该芯片还可以包括存储器1703。As another possible product form, the data transmission device described in the embodiments of the present application may also be implemented by a chip. The chip includes: a processing circuit 1701 and a transceiver pin 1702 . Optionally, the chip may further include a memory 1703 .
上述总线可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。The bus may include a path for transferring information between the components.
上述收发器/收发管脚1702,用于与其他设备通信。在本申请实施例中,收发器/收发管脚可以是模块、电路、总线、接口、通信接口或者其它能实现通信功能的装置,用于与其他设备通信。可选的,收发器可以为独立设置的发送器,该发送器可用于向其他设备发送信息,该收发器也可以为独立设置的接收器,用于从其他设备接收信息。该收发器也可以是将发送、接收信息功能集成在一起的部件,本申请实施例对收发器的具体实现不做限制。The above transceiver/transceiver pin 1702 is used to communicate with other devices. In this embodiment of the present application, the transceiver/transceiver pin may be a module, a circuit, a bus, an interface, a communication interface, or any other device capable of implementing a communication function, and is used to communicate with other devices. Optionally, the transceiver can be an independently set transmitter, and the transmitter can be used to send information to other devices, and the transceiver can also be an independently set receiver, used to receive information from other devices. The transceiver may also be a component that integrates the functions of sending and receiving information, and the specific implementation of the transceiver is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
上述存储器1703可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink  DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器1703可以是独立存在,也可以和处理器1701集成在一起。The above-described memory 1703 may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct rambus RAM (DR RAM) or other magnetic storage devices, or any other device that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer medium, but not limited to this. The memory 1703 may exist independently, or may be integrated with the processor 1701 .
作为另一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的数据传输装置也可以使用下述电路或者器件来实现:一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其他适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。As another possible product form, the data transmission apparatus described in the embodiments of the present application can also be implemented by using the following circuits or devices: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable A programmable logic device (PLD), controller, state machine, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片系统实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: a processor, where the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the The chip system implements the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
可选地,该芯片系统中的处理器可以为一个或多个。该处理器可以通过硬件实现也可以通过软件实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等。当通过软件实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现。Optionally, the number of processors in the chip system may be one or more. The processor can be implemented by hardware or by software. When implemented in hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like. When implemented in software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor implemented by reading software codes stored in memory.
可选地,该芯片系统中的存储器也可以为一个或多个。该存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,也可以和处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。示例性的,存储器可以是非瞬时性处理器,例如只读存储器ROM,其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请对存储器的类型,以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不作具体限定。Optionally, there may also be one or more memories in the chip system. The memory may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. Exemplarily, the memory can be a non-transitory processor, such as a read-only memory ROM, which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be provided on different chips. The setting method of the processor is not particularly limited.
示例性的,该芯片系统可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。Exemplarily, the system-on-chip may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), It can also be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller). controller unit, MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行前述方法实施例中的数据传输方法。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is made to perform the data transmission in the foregoing method embodiments. method.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种包含计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行前述方法实施例中的数据传输方法。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product including computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed on the computer, the computer can execute the data transmission method in the foregoing method embodiments.
应理解,所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质、或者半导体介质(例 如固态硬盘)等。It should be understood that the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server Or the data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (eg coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or data storage devices including one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium. The usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media, or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state drives), and the like.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。From the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above functions can be allocated as required. It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules, so as to complete all or part of the functions described above.
应该理解到,在本申请所提供的几个实施例中所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。It should be understood that the apparatuses and methods disclosed in the several embodiments provided in this application may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be Incorporation may either be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple different places . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, which are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a device (may be a single chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this, and any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application should be covered within the protection scope of the present application. . Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (37)

  1. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    生成第一帧,所述第一帧包含重映射原因信息,所述重映射原因信息用于指示重映射原因;generating a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate a remapping cause;
    发送所述第一帧。The first frame is sent.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述重映射原因信息承载在以下一个或几个字段中:允许开启的最大链路数字段,关闭链路集合信息字段,链路质量报告信息字段,业务质量QoS报告信息字段;其中,所述允许开启的最大链路数子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数量;所述关闭链路集合信息字段用于指示需要关闭的链路集合;所述链路质量报告信息字段用于指示链路质量信息;所述QoS报告信息字段用于指示业务质量信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the quality of service QoS report information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the link set that needs to be closed; The link quality report information field is used to indicate link quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中包含第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示承载所述重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;所述第一指示信息承载在控制字段中,所述控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段;其中,The method according to claim 2, wherein the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether a field carrying the remapping cause information appears in the first frame frame; the first indication information is carried in a control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield; wherein,
    所述第一子字段,用于指示所述允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame;
    所述第一子字段和/或所述第二子字段用于所述指示关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;the first subfield and/or the second subfield is used for whether the indication of the shutdown link set information field appears in the first frame;
    所述第三子字段用于指示所述链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;the third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame;
    所述第四子字段用于指示QoS报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中。The fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中包含第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示承载所述重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;所述第一指示信息承载在重映射原因字段中,其中,The method according to claim 2, wherein the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether a field carrying the remapping cause information appears in the first frame frame; the first indication information is carried in the remapping cause field, wherein,
    所述重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示所述允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame;
    所述重映射原因字段的第一取值和/或第二取值,用于指示所述关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame;
    所述重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示所述链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame;
    所述重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示所述QoS报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中。The fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中包含第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示承载所述重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;所述第一指示信息承载在控制字段和重映射原因字段中,所述控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段;其中,The method according to claim 2, wherein the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether a field carrying the remapping cause information appears in the first frame frame; the first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield; wherein,
    所述第一子字段和所述重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示所述允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The first value of the first subfield and the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame;
    所述第一子字段,所述第二子字段,所述重映射原因字段的第一取值,所述重映 射原因字段的第二取值中的一项或几项内容,用于指示所述关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;One or more of the first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate the whether the closed link set information field is present in the first frame;
    所述第三子字段和所述重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示所述链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame;
    所述第四子字段和所述重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示所述QoS报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中。The fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第二帧,所述第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息,所述第二业务标识映射信息是基于所述重映射原因,所述第二业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系。Receive a second frame, where the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on the remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the service identifier and the link. The second mapping relationship between the roads.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二业务标识映射信息承载在业务标识与链路映射信息字段中,所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用所述业务标识和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The method according to claim 6, wherein the second service identification mapping information is carried in a service identification and link mapping information field, and the service identification and link mapping information fields are used for using the service identification The corresponding relationship with the bitmap of the link indicates the second mapping relationship; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用所述链路的标识和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the identifier of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,所述第五子字段的第五取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述业务标识和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第六取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路的标识和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field uses the service identifier and the link. The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the road indicates the second mapping relationship; the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the identifier of the link and the The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,所述第五子字段的第七取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述业务标识和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第八取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路标识和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第九取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路的比特位图和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field uses the service identifier and the link. The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the road indicates the second mapping relationship; the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the link identifier and the link mapping information field. The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship; the ninth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the bits of the link The corresponding relationship between the map and the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,所述第五子字段的第十取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述业务标识和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第十一取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述业务标识的比特位图和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field uses the service identifier and the link. The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the road indicates the second mapping relationship; the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the bits of the service identifier The corresponding relationship between the map and the bitmap of the link indicates the second mapping relationship; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,所述第五子字段的第十二取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路标识和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第十三取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路的比特位图和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系。The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field uses the link identifier and all The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the link mapping information field. The corresponding relationship between the bitmap and the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二业务标识映射信息中还携带所述业务标识与所述链路之间的第二映射关系的方向。The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the second service identifier mapping information further carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  9. 根据权利要求6-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 6-8, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第三帧,所述第三帧用于指示对所述第二帧的肯定应答或否定应答。A third frame is sent, and the third frame is used to indicate an acknowledgment or a negative acknowledgment to the second frame.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中还包含第一业务标识映射信息,所述第一业务标识映射信息是基于所述重映射原因,所述第一业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第一映射关系。The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, and the first service identifier mapping information is based on the remapping reason, and the The first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the first mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,第二帧中还携带状态码,所述状态码用于指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系是否建立成功。The method according to claim 10, wherein the second frame further carries a status code, and the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述业务标识与所述链路之间的映射关系建立失败,所述状态码中携带建立失败的原因。The method according to claim 11, wherein if the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link fails, the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中还携带重映射模式,所述重映射模式包括立即重映射模式或延时重映射模式。The method according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein the first frame further carries a remapping mode, and the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
  14. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收第一帧,所述第一帧包含重映射原因信息,所述重映射原因信息用于指示重映射原因;receiving a first frame, where the first frame includes remapping cause information, and the remapping cause information is used to indicate a remapping cause;
    解析所述第一帧。Parse the first frame.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述重映射原因信息承载在以下一个或几个字段中:允许开启的最大链路数字段,关闭链路集合信息字段,链路质量报告信息字段,业务质量QoS报告信息字段;其中,所述允许开启的最大链路数子字段用于指示允许开启的最大链路数量;所述关闭链路集合信息字段用于指示需要关闭的链路集合;所述链路质量报告信息字段用于指示链路质量信息;所述QoS报告信息字段用于指示业务质量信息。The method according to claim 14, wherein the remapping reason information is carried in one or more of the following fields: the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field, the closed link set information field, the link quality report information field, the quality of service QoS report information field; wherein, the maximum number of links allowed to be opened subfield is used to indicate the maximum number of links allowed to be opened; the closed link set information field is used to indicate the link set that needs to be closed; The link quality report information field is used to indicate link quality information; the QoS report information field is used to indicate service quality information.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中包含第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示承载所述重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;所述第一指示信息承载在控制字段中,所述控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段;其中,The method according to claim 15, wherein the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether a field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame frame; the first indication information is carried in a control field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield; wherein,
    所述第一子字段,用于指示所述允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The first subfield is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame;
    所述第一子字段和/或所述第二子字段用于指示所述关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The first subfield and/or the second subfield are used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame;
    所述第三子字段用于指示所述链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;the third subfield is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame;
    所述第四子字段用于指示所述QoS报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中。The fourth subfield is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field is present in the first frame.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中包含第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示承载所述重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;所述第一指示信息承载在重映射原因字段中,其中,The method according to claim 15, wherein the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether a field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame frame; the first indication information is carried in the remapping cause field, wherein,
    所述重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示所述允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The first value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame;
    所述重映射原因字段的第一取值和/或第二取值,用于指示所述关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The first value and/or the second value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the closed link set information field appears in the first frame;
    所述重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于指示所述链路质量报告信息字段是否出现 在所述第一帧中;The third value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame;
    所述重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示所述QoS报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中。The fourth value of the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  18. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中包含第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示承载所述重映射原因信息的字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;所述第一指示信息承载在控制字段和重映射原因字段中,所述控制字段包括第一子字段,第二子字段,第三子字段和第四子字段;其中,The method according to claim 15, wherein the first frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether a field carrying the remapping reason information appears in the first frame frame; the first indication information is carried in the control field and the remapping reason field, and the control field includes a first subfield, a second subfield, a third subfield and a fourth subfield; wherein,
    所述第一子字段和所述重映射原因字段的第一取值,用于指示所述允许开启的最大链路数字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The first value of the first subfield and the remapping reason field is used to indicate whether the maximum number of links allowed to be opened field appears in the first frame;
    所述第一子字段,所述第二子字段,所述重映射原因字段的第一取值,所述重映射原因字段的第二取值中的一项或几项内容,用于指示所述关闭链路集合信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;One or more of the first subfield, the second subfield, the first value of the remapping cause field, and the second value of the remapping cause field are used to indicate the whether the closed link set information field is present in the first frame;
    所述第三子字段和所述重映射原因字段的第三取值,用于所述指示链路质量报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中;The third subfield and the third value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the link quality report information field appears in the first frame;
    所述第四子字段和所述重映射原因字段的第四取值,用于指示所述QoS报告信息字段是否出现在所述第一帧中。The fourth subfield and the fourth value of the remapping reason field are used to indicate whether the QoS report information field appears in the first frame.
  19. 根据权利要求15-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-18, wherein the method further comprises:
    生成第二帧,所述第二帧中携带第二业务标识映射信息,所述第二业务标识映射信息是基于所述重映射原因,所述第二业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第二映射关系;A second frame is generated, and the second frame carries second service identifier mapping information, the second service identifier mapping information is based on the remapping reason, and the second service identifier mapping information is used to indicate that the service identifier is associated with the link. the second mapping relationship between the roads;
    发送所述第二帧。The second frame is sent.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二业务标识映射信息承载在业务标识与链路映射信息字段中,所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用所述业务标识和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The method according to claim 19, wherein the second service identification mapping information is carried in a service identification and link mapping information field, and the service identification and link mapping information fields are used for using the service identification The corresponding relationship with the bitmap of the link indicates the second mapping relationship; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段用于利用所述链路的标识和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The service identifier and link mapping information field is used to indicate the second mapping relationship by using the corresponding relationship between the identifier of the link and the bitmap of the service identifier; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,所述第五子字段的第五取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述业务标识和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第六取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路的标识和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the fifth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field uses the service identifier and the link. The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the road indicates the second mapping relationship; the sixth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field use the identifier of the link and the The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,所述第五子字段的第七取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述业务标识和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第八取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路标识和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第九取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路的比特位图和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the seventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field uses the service identifier and the link. The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the road indicates the second mapping relationship; the eighth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the link identifier and the link mapping information field. The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship; the ninth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the bits of the link The corresponding relationship between the map and the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,所述第五子字段的第十取值, 用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述业务标识和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第十一取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述业务标识的比特位图和所述链路的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;或者,The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the tenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field uses the service identifier and the link. The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the road indicates the second mapping relationship; the eleventh value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the bits of the service identifier The corresponding relationship between the map and the bitmap of the link indicates the second mapping relationship; or,
    所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段包括第五子字段,所述第五子字段的第十二取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路标识和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系;所述第五子字段的第十三取值,用于指示所述业务标识与链路映射信息字段利用所述链路的比特位图和所述业务标识的比特位图的对应关系指示所述第二映射关系。The service identifier and link mapping information field includes a fifth subfield, and the twelfth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and link mapping information field uses the link identifier and all The corresponding relationship of the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship; the thirteenth value of the fifth subfield is used to indicate that the service identifier and the link mapping information field utilize the link mapping information field. The corresponding relationship between the bitmap and the bitmap of the service identifier indicates the second mapping relationship.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二业务标识映射信息中还携带所述业务标识与所述链路之间的第二映射关系的方向。The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the second service identifier mapping information further carries the direction of the second mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  22. 根据权利要求19-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 19-21, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第三帧,所述第三帧用于指示对所述第二帧的肯定应答或否定应答。A third frame is received, the third frame being used to indicate an acknowledgment or a negative acknowledgment to the second frame.
  23. 根据权利要求15-22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中还包含第一业务标识映射信息,所述第一业务标识映射信息是基于所述重映射原因,所述第一业务标识映射信息用于指示业务标识与链路之间的第一映射关系。The method according to any one of claims 15-22, wherein the first frame further includes first service identifier mapping information, and the first service identifier mapping information is based on the remapping reason, and the The first service identifier mapping information is used to indicate the first mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,第二帧中还携带状态码,所述状态码用于指示业务标识与链路之间的映射关系是否建立成功。The method according to claim 23, wherein the second frame further carries a status code, and the status code is used to indicate whether the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link is successfully established.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述业务标识与所述链路之间的映射关系建立失败,所述状态码中携带建立失败的原因。The method according to claim 24, wherein if the establishment of the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the link fails, the status code carries the reason for the establishment failure.
  26. 根据权利要求15-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧中还携带重映射模式,所述重映射模式包括立即重映射模式或延时重映射模式。The method according to any one of claims 15-25, wherein the first frame further carries a remapping mode, and the remapping mode includes an immediate remapping mode or a delayed remapping mode.
  27. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    在第一链路上发送失效的第二链路上的管理帧和目标链路标识,所述目标链路标识用于指示接收端多链路设备MLD将接收到的所述管理帧转发至所述目标链路标识对应的模块。Send the management frame on the failed second link and the target link identifier on the first link, where the target link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end multi-link device MLD to forward the received management frame to the The target link identifies the corresponding module.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 27, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一链路上发送汇报链路标识,所述汇报链路标识用于指示接收端MLD在所述汇报链路标识对应的所述第一链路上发送响应帧。A reporting link identifier is sent on the first link, where the reporting link identifier is used to instruct the receiving end MLD to send a response frame on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier.
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标链路标识和汇报链路标识携带在MAC帧的聚合控制A-control字段中。The method according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
  30. 根据权利要求27或28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理帧,所述目标链路标识以及汇报链路标识携带在功能帧的帧体中。The method according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
  31. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    在第一链路上接收失效的第二链路上的管理帧和目标链路标识;receiving, on the first link, a management frame and a target link identifier on the failed second link;
    根据所述目标链路标识,确定将接收到的所述管理帧转发至所述目标链路标识对应的模块。According to the target link identifier, it is determined to forward the received management frame to the module corresponding to the target link identifier.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 31, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一链路上接收汇报链路标识,所述汇报链路标识用于指示在所述汇报链 路标识对应的第一链路上发送响应帧。A reporting link identifier is received on the first link, where the reporting link identifier is used to indicate that a response frame is sent on the first link corresponding to the reporting link identifier.
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标链路标识和汇报链路标识携带在MAC帧的聚合控制A-control字段中。The method according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the aggregation control A-control field of the MAC frame.
  34. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理帧,所述目标链路标识以及汇报链路标识携带在功能帧的帧体中。The method according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the management frame, the target link identifier and the reporting link identifier are carried in the frame body of the functional frame.
  35. 一种数据传输装置,其特征在于,所述数据传输装置包括用于执行权利要求1-13中任一项所涉及的方法中的各个步骤的单元,或者用于执行权利要求14-26中任一项所涉及的方法中的各个步骤的单元,或者用于执行权利要求27-30中任一项所涉及的方法中的各个步骤的单元,或者用于执行权利要求31-34中任一项所涉及的方法中的各个步骤的单元。A data transmission device, characterized in that the data transmission device comprises a unit for performing each step in the method involved in any one of claims 1-13, or for performing any one of the claims 14-26. A unit for each step of the method referred to, or a unit for performing each step in the method referred to in any one of claims 27-30, or for performing any one of claims 31-34 The units involved in the various steps in the method.
  36. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行权利要求14-26任一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行权利要求27-30任一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行权利要求31-34任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 1-13. method, or cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 14-26, or cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 27-30, or cause the computer to perform the method of claim 31- 34 The method of any one.
  37. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片包括处理单元和收发管脚;所述处理单元用于执行权利要求1-34中任一项所涉及的方法中的处理操作,所述收发管脚用于执行权利要求1-34中任一项所涉及的方法中的通信操作。A chip, characterized in that the chip includes a processing unit and a transceiver pin; the processing unit is configured to perform the processing operation in the method according to any one of claims 1-34, and the transceiver pin is used for in performing the communication operation in the method of any one of claims 1-34.
PCT/CN2021/118861 2020-09-29 2021-09-16 Data transmission method and apparatus WO2022068602A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011058049.4A CN114340041A (en) 2020-09-29 2020-09-29 Data transmission method and device
CN202011058049.4 2020-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022068602A1 true WO2022068602A1 (en) 2022-04-07

Family

ID=80949546

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/118861 WO2022068602A1 (en) 2020-09-29 2021-09-16 Data transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114340041A (en)
WO (1) WO2022068602A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024120531A1 (en) * 2022-12-09 2024-06-13 华为技术有限公司 Multi-link communication method and device

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116801318A (en) * 2022-03-18 2023-09-22 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Data transmission method and device, chip module and electronic equipment
CN116980968B (en) * 2023-09-18 2024-03-01 荣耀终端有限公司 Multilink data transmission method and device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105591806A (en) * 2015-09-29 2016-05-18 杭州华三通信技术有限公司 Link switching method and device
CN108156633A (en) * 2016-12-06 2018-06-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data flow remaps method and device and user equipment, RAN equipment
US20180205596A1 (en) * 2017-01-13 2018-07-19 New York University Network function virtualization ("nfv") based communications network resilience
CN108702261A (en) * 2017-08-18 2018-10-23 北京小米移动软件有限公司 The methods, devices and systems of processing data packets in Deta bearer remapping procedures
CN109587822A (en) * 2018-12-13 2019-04-05 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 Information sending control method, information reception control method, device, storage medium
US20200221545A1 (en) * 2019-03-20 2020-07-09 Robert J. Stacey Multi-link discovery signaling in extremely high throughput (eht) systems

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105284155B (en) * 2013-03-10 2019-02-22 Lg电子株式会社 The method and apparatus for the method for channel switching are executed in the network for polymerizeing multiple communication systems

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105591806A (en) * 2015-09-29 2016-05-18 杭州华三通信技术有限公司 Link switching method and device
CN108156633A (en) * 2016-12-06 2018-06-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data flow remaps method and device and user equipment, RAN equipment
US20180205596A1 (en) * 2017-01-13 2018-07-19 New York University Network function virtualization ("nfv") based communications network resilience
CN108702261A (en) * 2017-08-18 2018-10-23 北京小米移动软件有限公司 The methods, devices and systems of processing data packets in Deta bearer remapping procedures
CN109587822A (en) * 2018-12-13 2019-04-05 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 Information sending control method, information reception control method, device, storage medium
US20200221545A1 (en) * 2019-03-20 2020-07-09 Robert J. Stacey Multi-link discovery signaling in extremely high throughput (eht) systems

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
GUOGANG HUANG (HUAWEI): "Multi-link Association Follow Up", IEEE DRAFT; 11-20-0030-06-00BE-MULTI-LINK-ASSOCIATION-FOLLOW-UP, vol. 802.11 EHT; 802.11be, no. 6, 4 June 2020 (2020-06-04), Piscataway, NJ USA , pages 1 - 11, XP068169399 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024120531A1 (en) * 2022-12-09 2024-06-13 华为技术有限公司 Multi-link communication method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114340041A (en) 2022-04-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022068602A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US9119154B2 (en) Opportunistic carrier aggregation for dynamic flow switching between radio access technologies
JP7222419B2 (en) Duplicate transmission setup and/or activation method, duplicate transmission method and apparatus
WO2019219034A1 (en) Communication method and device
JP2018502500A (en) WiFi boost using LTE IP anchor
WO2019019224A1 (en) Command receiving method, device and communications system
WO2021062820A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN117793792A (en) Method and device for data transmission
WO2021102671A1 (en) Methods and apparatus of cooperative communication for sidelink relay
JP2019050587A (en) Mobile terminal and method for data transmission by multiple simultaneous radio access technologies
WO2021218888A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN111684856B (en) Method for uplink transmission in 5G NR system
WO2020216133A1 (en) Communication method and device
US11683678B2 (en) Discovery frames and group addressed frames transmission
WO2020200103A1 (en) Method for determining bearer type, and communication device
CN115699816A (en) Method for sidelink relay communication under dual connectivity
US10701591B2 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2020199034A1 (en) Relay communication method and apparatus
WO2020078248A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2022236681A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021163832A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2021142669A1 (en) Service transmission method and device
WO2021016790A1 (en) Method for radio communication, terminal device, and network device
WO2023246746A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2024055242A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, communication device, and converged networking architecture

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21874263

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21874263

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1